NewzIntel.com

Category: Taxation

  • MIL-OSI USA: Congressman Morgan McGarvey Introduces American Sovereign Wealth Fund Exploration Act of 2025

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman Morgan McGarvey (Kentucky-03)

    April 30, 2025

    Congressman Morgan McGarvey (KY-03) introduced the American Sovereign Wealth Fund Exploration Act of 2025 today, which would create a 25-member commission to study and report on the “feasibility, considerations, limitations, and implications of creating and operating a sovereign wealth fund of the United States.” To provide independence, the commission would be hosted by the Federal Reserve and be composed of members from the Federal Reserve System, Treasury Department, Securities and Exchange Commission, Commerce Department, U.S. Trade Representative, and academics and experts.

    Last year, Congressman McGarvey introduced a similar bill, which was the first legislation ever introduced in Congress explicitly researching the feasibility of an American sovereign wealth fund.

    “To solve today’s problems, we must be bold. An American sovereign wealth fund, with proper congressional authorization and oversight and political independence, could dramatically improve the lives of working families across our country, including helping fund universal child care, an expanded Child Tax Credit, or even universal health care,” said Congressman McGarvey. “If we are going to do this, we have to do it right – and we have to do it through Congress. We must ensure a sovereign wealth fund is used to help working families and is not just a slush fund for billionaires.”

    BACKGROUND:

    General

    • The American Sovereign Wealth Fund Exploration Act of 2025 is built on the premise that a sovereign wealth fund (SWF) is neither good nor bad, it’s a tool.

    • The bill prioritizes objective analysis, political independence, and strong ethics requirements, including requiring the 25-member commission to consult the Santiago Principles – best practices for open, ethical, and transparent SWFs – when drafting their report.

    • The commission would have two years to develop a report to Congress on their findings and recommendations for legislative action.

    • To provide independence, the bill explicitly requires that the commission is housed within the independent Federal Reserve System.

    The McGarvey Commission

    The bill creates a 25-person commission comprising of:

    • 6 representatives from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or a Federal reserve bank.

    • 3 representatives from the Department of the Treasury.

    • 3 representatives from the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    • 2 representatives from the Department of Commerce.

    • 1 representative from the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative.

    • 10 representatives from academia or experts in the fields of economics, monetary policy, fiscal policy, investment policy, industrial policy, or other aspects involving sovereign wealth funds, appointed by the Chair of the Federal Reserve.

    Sovereign Wealth Funds in Other Developed Nations

    According to the International Forum of Sovereign Wealth Funds, over $9 trillion in assets are managed by over 100 SWFs globally, such as: 

    State-Level Funds in the U.S.

    According to the Sovereign Wealth Fund Institute, 14 U.S. states have SWFs:

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI Security: Charlotte Man Sentenced To Prison For His Role In Multi-Million Dollar Bank Fraud Scheme

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    CHARLOTTE, N.C. – A Charlotte man was sentenced to prison today for his role in a multi-million dollar bank fraud scheme, announced Russ Ferguson, U.S. Attorney for the Western District of North Carolina. Bruce Howard Marko, 66, was sentenced to 12 months and a day in prison followed by two years of supervised release, and was ordered to pay restitution in the amount of $1.5 million. Marko pleaded guilty to conspiracy to commit wire fraud and bank fraud.

    Marko’s three co-defendants, Kotto Yaphet Paul, 50, of Waxhaw, N.C., Latoya Tamieka Ford, 50, of Covington, Georgia, and Love Norman, 50, of West Palm Beach, Florida, have each pleaded guilty to wire fraud and bank fraud conspiracy and are awaiting sentencing. Paul also pleaded guilty to money laundering.

    According to filed court documents and today’s sentencing hearing, beginning in 2018, Marko conspired with Peebles, Paul and Ford to orchestrate a fraudulent loan scheme that defrauded at least 17 federally insured financial institutions of more than $17 million. Marko participated directly in at least five of these fraudulent loans totaling over $2.8 million. To execute the scheme, Marko and his co-defendants submitted loan applications to financial institutions that contained fraudulent information, including false employment and income information, false tax returns, and misrepresentations regarding the applicants’ assets, liabilities, and the intended use the loan proceeds. Based on the fraudulent loan applications, Marko and his co-defendants secured at least 42 loans from the victim financial institutions. Contrary to information provided on the loan applications about the purposes of the loans, the defendants used the loan proceeds to purchase real estate, cover unrelated business expenses, make investments, make payments toward earlier loans, and pay for personal expenditures. Court documents show that the defendants defaulted on most of the loans, causing substantial losses to the victim financial institutions that issued the loans.

    Four additional defendants were previously convicted of bank fraud conspiracy for their involvement in the scheme. Amrish D. Patel was sentenced to 15 months in prison, Dwight A. Peebles, Jr. was sentenced to 18 months in prison. Denise Woodard was ordered to serve 36 months in prison, and Derrick L. Harrison, was sentenced to a year and a day in prison. The defendants were also ordered to pay restitution ranging from $620,000 to more than $3.1 million.

    In making today’s announcement, U.S. Attorney Ferguson credited the Office of the Inspector General of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Inspector General for the Federal Housing Finance Agency, the Office of the Inspector General for the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Bureau of Investigation in Charlotte, and the Charlotte Field Office of the Internal Revenue Service’s Criminal Investigation, for the investigation of this case.

    Assistant U.S. Attorney Don Gast with the U.S. Attorney’s Office in Asheville is prosecuting the case.

     

    MIL Security OSI –

  • MIL-OSI USA: Murphy Slams Trump’s First 100 Days: This Is A Story Of Incompetence, Theft, And Mind-Blowing Corruption

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Connecticut – Chris Murphy
    [embedded content]
    WASHINGTON—U.S. Senator Chris Murphy (D-Conn.) spoke on the U.S. Senate floor to deliver a scathing indictment of President Trump’s first 100 days in office. Murphy detailed the litany of corrupt acts that have defined this Administration, including the sale of White House access for the Trump family’s personal profit, manipulation of federal agencies for financial gain, and the systematic dismantling of anti-corruption safeguards.
    “This is not normal. None of this is normal. This is outlandish, this is illegal, this is unconstitutional, brazen corruption, and this is only the first 100 days. I just detailed 40 instances of mind-blowing corruption in just 40 days, capped off by an attempt to just sell access to the White House to people who put money in the pocket of Donald Trump’s personal businesses. Donald Trump wants to numb this country into believing that this is just how government works. That he’s owed this. That every president is owed this. That government has always been corrupt, and he’s just doing it out in the open. But this is not how government works. This has been the story of his first 100 days, but it’s our choice as a nation to allow it to be the story of the rest of his term. We need to expose what he is doing. We need to rally everybody, from the left to the right. Nobody in this country, whether you’re a hardened conservative or a hardened progressive, should root for the president of the United States to be enriching himself off of this position. We need to rally this nation against this corruption and bring it to an end, because if Donald Trump gets what he wants, and we just start allowing our government’s leaders to openly steal from us during the first 100 days or for the rest of his term, then I am telling you, American democracy is not going to survive.”
    Last month, he highlighted Trump’s first six weeks of corruption.
    A full transcript of his remarks can be found below:
    MURPHY: “Thank you, Mr. President. My colleagues, you’re going to hear a lot of stories about the first 100 days of President Trump’s second presidency, and indeed there are a lot of stories. There is a story of incompetence. We’re dealing with multiple measles outbreaks all across the country. There is the story about abdicating our responsibility to lead around the world – Vladimir Putin is laughing at us as Trump goes about the business of handing Ukraine to a brutal Kremlin dictator. There is the story of a transferring wealth from the poor and the middle class through massive cuts to Medicaid, to the very, very wealthy, who are asking for another massive tax cut. 
    “But I would argue, Mr. President, that the most important story to tell is a story of corruption. A story of mind-blowing, massive, scalable corruption. That story is important because we are watching the theft of taxpayer money by the decision of the Republican Party to look the other way as Donald Trump essentially monetizes at scale the White House and the powers given to him by the Constitution and the American people in order to enrich himself and his friends. And if we don’t tell this story, and if we don’t mount a national bipartisan, apolitical resistance to this thievery, to this corruption, and it becomes normalized as just a part of doing business in America, a normal facet of residents in the White House, then shame on us, because our democracy will not survive this level of corruption, grift, and graft. 
    “So I am going to try to tell the story really quickly. I’ve got two charts and it’s hard to read – these words are really small – because over the course of 100 days, there are 40, 50, 60 individual acts of precedent-breaking corruption. And that’s intentional because what President Trump is trying to do is engage in so much public corruption that you just become normalized to it, that you stop paying attention to the corruption because can it be corruption if it is just playing out in public? He’s trying to make you think that this kind of stuff happens all the time behind the scenes and now all that’s different is you are seeing it publicly. 
    “But that is not true. This is not actually how government works. And I refuse to accept that just because the corruption is happening in public, in front of the cameras for everybody to see, that we should accept it. 
    “Okay. I’m going to try to do this. I’m going to try to do this as quickly as possible. I’m just going to highlight for you maybe the 40 most egregious examples of corruption in the first 100 days, but this is just the tip of the iceberg. 
    “So, on January 6th – this is before Trump is even sworn in – Amazon, which has a ton of business before the incoming Trump White House, pays $40 million to the Trump family to license a documentary in a series about Melania Trump. Just a cash payment from a company that has huge interests before the incoming White House to the Trump family. 
    “On January 17th, a few days before Trump is sworn in – maybe the most corrupt act in the history of the White House – this is the creation of the Trump meme coin. This is just a backdoor way for anybody with business before the Trump administration to send him millions of dollars in total secret. Trump doesn’t disclose who buys the coin. He launders his income from the coin through an unregulated Chinese exchange. He promotes the coin on his social media feeds. In the first minute of trading, one buyer – and what we know is that this was likely a Chinese individual – purchases six million coins, sending the price through the roof and immediately making a ton of money for Trump, who makes money off of every transaction. Trump knows who this person is, no doubt, but American citizens do not. 
    “January 20th, he is now sworn in and he fulfills a campaign promise to the oil and gas industry. There’s a report from the campaign that says they came down to Mar-a-Lago, I think, and said ‘We’ll give you a billion dollars in campaign contributions.’ This is not me alleging this, this is an open report. The oil and gas industry says we’ll give you a billion dollars in campaign contributions if you do what we want when you are sworn in. And the day he’s sworn in, Trump issues an executive order gutting environmental rules so that the oil and gas industry can start making bigger amounts of money. 
    “On January 25th, Trump eliminates the Inspectors General, the ethics officials in government and whistleblower offices. It’s a late-night purge, so you know it’s fishy. On January 25th, 17 Inspectors General get fired, clearing the way for the president to engage in even more corruption because that’s what the Inspectors General do. They sit in these agencies and they look for corruption. Now the Inspectors General are gone. They’re just gone. 
    “But that’s not good enough because on that same day, Trump fires the head of the Office of Special Counsel. Why would you do that? Well, that office is an investigative and prosecutorial office that works to end government and political corruption and protects government employees who become whistleblowers. That office is gone now, along with all of the whistleblowers. 
    “Two days later, Trump illegally fires NLRB member Gwen Wilcox. This effectively shuts down, illegally, the NLRB for a period of time. Why is that important? Because the guys who were standing behind Donald Trump on Inauguration Day, people like Elon Musk and Jeff Bezos, they are being investigated at the moment by the NLRB for massive workplace violations. Now the NLRB is shut down, a big gift to the people who financed Donald Trump’s inauguration and stood behind him to give him political endorsement and cover on his inauguration day. 
    “On January 31st, a trend begins: enforcement actions are paused against Trump loyalists. This is Representative Andy Ogles from Tennessee. He was being investigated for illegal, or potentially illegal, loans made to his 2022 campaign. But right after Rep. Ogles introduces a bill to amend the constitution to allow Trump to serve for a third term, what happens? Trump makes the investigation go away. Because as you will see, Trump’s justice system will often look the other way if you cheat or steal but you are a friend of Donald Trump.
    “At the same time, another of Trump’s friends, his IRS nominee Billy Long, gets his donors – almost all of them have direct interest before the IRS – to pay off his six-figure campaign debt. It’s a fabulously corrupt thing to do, but it’s just all normal now. So when Trump is showing you the way, then the folks who work for him follow suit. 
    “Alright, we’ll jump to February now. February 4th. We’re into Week 2 of the Trump White House. Trump hauls the PGA and the Saudi government into the White House to broker an agreement between the two rival golf leagues so that Trump can make more money hosting golf tournaments. He’s in business with one of the entities, the Saudi-owned LIV league. In a normal world, the president of the United States wouldn’t be in business with any foreign government. But the president is, and not only is that okay, but it is also apparently okay for him to bring the golf league that he’s in business with into the White House and pressure the other golf league, the rival golf league, to cut a deal. And guess what happens? The PGA, which had long said they were not going to host events at Trump’s courses, after being hauled into the White House, looking the president of the United States in the eye – somebody they clearly have to do business with – they announce that they’re going to start allowing their tournaments to be held at Trump courses. Big benefit to Donald Trump’s personal bottom line. 
    “February 6th, two days later: Trump ends the criminal enforcement of the Foreign Agents Registration Act. Do you know what this is? You should. It requires people who are being paid by foreign governments to register. It’s no longer going to be enforced, so now members of the Trump administration can get backdoor payments from foreign governments and nobody is going to enforce the law. This isn’t theoretical. There were people who got arrested for doing this exact same thing, getting paid by foreign governments while working for the Trump administration, in term one. He wants to make sure it’s not a problem in term two, so he pauses enforcement of the actual act. 
    “Four days later, Trump eliminates the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. This is just a magnificent present to all of his billionaire enablers because this is the agency that stops big businesses, banks, and other financial firms from ripping off consumers and now it is just shut down. 
    “The same day, DOJ drops charges against Eric Adams in a mind-blowingly public and brazen quid pro quo. Adams says he will pledge loyalty to Trump and support Trump’s political priorities in New York City, Trump drops the corruption charges against Adams. Just like the Ogles case, the door is now wide open to engage in corruption or criminality as long as you support Donald Trump. The thing that makes this one so egregious is that Adams and the White House go on TV to announce the corrupt deal. They don’t hide it. They just say that Adams is now supporting Donald Trump and we’re now going to drop the charges against him, and everybody gets the message. There’s a lot of stuff I can get away with as a corrupt official as long as I am in bed politically with Donald Trump. 
    “Same day, February 10th, DOJ pauses enforcement of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. This is the law that stops American companies from bribing foreign governments in order to get business. On February 10th, Trump suspends enforcement of an antibribery statute, paving the way for his friends in corporate America to start bribing foreign governments again. 
    “Two days later, the State Department forecasts that they are going to dramatically upscale the amount of money that they’re going to send to Tesla. This is the first time that Elon Musk shows up in this story. By February 12th, Elon Musk is pretty well embedded in the White House, and guess what? The State Department is now going to spend $400 million for armored Teslas – its largest expected contract in the upcoming year. 
    “February 12th, the same day, Musk infiltrates the Department of Labor and OSHA, giving him exclusive secret access to labor law violation data against him and his competitors. Unethical, corrupt, but this stuff is just happening every single day. A few days later, on February 15th and 16th, Musk now starts really testing the limits of what his boss will let him get away with. He fires a specific set of regulators at the FDA that are reviewing one of his medical products, Neuralink. The message is clear: you’ve got to do right by my applications or you risk getting the ax too. 
    “Three days later, on February 19th, Trump’s new U.S. Attorney for Washington, D.C., Ed Martin, starts to use his government power to harass Trump critics. He launches something called Operation Whirlwind and is pretty unapologetic about the fact that this is going to be an enforcement operation against anybody who just seeks to get in the way of DOGE. He doesn’t say he’s going after people who are acting illegally. He says anybody who tries to stop or protest or harass DOGE’s work is now going to be the subject of Operation Whirlwind, and he starts trolling critics of DOGE online. The U.S. Attorney for D.C. is now trolling DOGE critics online, obviously threatening criminal enforcement. 
    “You see what’s happening here? We’re 30 days into the administration, and everybody in Trump’s world, including the supposedly independent U.S. Attorneys, are getting the message: that it is now part of your job, if you work for Trump, to use your government powers to either enrich yourself or Trump or to help Trump politically. 
    “February 21st, two days later, the SEC drops a major investigation into a company called Robinhood. Why does this matter? You guessed it: this firm donated $2 million to Trump’s inauguration fund. 30 days later, the SEC drops an investigation into that firm. 
    “Put a pin in that, because you’re going to hear stories like it over and over again. 
    “Throughout February, we watched the rich guys that are surrounding Trump come up with new ways to monetize their positions. Kash Patel is a perfect example. He’s the nominee to head the FBI – maybe the most important independent bureau in the federal government – and while he’s going through that process, he is selling merchandise online ranging from T-shirts to playing cards, with the proceeds supposedly going to whistleblowers’ education and defamation cases. 
    “February 26th, news breaks that the FAA is considering giving a $2.4 billion contract to Elon Musk’s Starlink. But it’s not like a regular contract that’s up for bid. It’s a contract that was already awarded to one of Musk’s competitors, Verizon, and word leaks that the White House is thinking of just ripping the contract away from Verizon – because Verizon is not a political supporter of Donald Trump in the way Elon Musk is – and just giving it to Elon Musk. Now, that doesn’t happen. As reported, the contract has not been canceled yet. But there are regular reports of the administration still relentlessly attacking Verizon in a clear attempt to try to undermine their contract. 
    “February 27th, the next day, Trump drops a lawsuit against Capital One. Why does this matter? Capital One donated $1 million to Trump’s inauguration fund. It’s now just kind of automatic. You donate a big amount of money to Trump’s inauguration, and you can ask him for something. 
    “We’re not done. That same day, the SEC drops a lawsuit against Coinbase. You got the story now. Coinbase donated $1 million to Trump’s inauguration fund. They are now told it’s okay to keep cheating consumers. 
    “We’re not done. On February 28th, a day later, the DOJ announced that it would drop a complaint against SpaceX, Elon Musk’s SpaceX, for labor discrimination. Elon is like wait a second, all these other big donors to your inauguration are getting out of jail free, I want my get out of jail free card as well. He gets it from DOJ. 
    “We’re now into March. March 1st, a report breaks – this is maybe second to [the meme coin], the most stunning act of corruption. On March 1st, word breaks that Trump is selling meetings at Mar-a-Lago. On at least one occasion, Trump charged guests $1 million to dine with him at Mar-a-Lago. According to the same report, business leaders can secure a one-on-one meeting with the president of the United States for a $5 million payment to Donald Trump. 
    “If you were mayor of a medium-sized town and it was reported that you were selling meetings for like $200, you would be arrested. You would be run out of town. But not Donald Trump. He’s selling meetings for $5 million, according to this report. And because the corruption in this White House is daily and normal, he gets away with it. 
    “March 2nd, Trump launches a crypto reserve fund. This is going to involve government taxpayer dollars purchasing and holding a variety of digital assets in a strategic reserve fund –a move that definitely inflates and protects Trump’s investment portfolio, [which], by now, you understand, [is] very heavily dependent on crypto assets. This normally wouldn’t be a problem because normally when somebody takes a high position like president or governor or mayor, they divest from their own personal assets, or they put it all in a blind fund. Trump does none of that. He’s controlling his own assets, his family is controlling their own assets, while he makes policy that benefits himself and his family financially. 
    “On March 3rd, a really curious thing: DOJ intervenes in an obscure but open-and-shut 2020 Colorado elections case. This is the case of Tina Peters, who tampered with voting machines on Trump’s behalf in Mesa County, Colorado. She was convicted by a jury of her peers, open and shut. But because Peters is a MAGA loyalist, now DOJ, on March 3rd, said it’s going to step in and review the case because there are concerns about how it was prosecuted. This is just President Trump again clearly shielding those that violated the law to help him from consequences. 
    “Same thing, different day. No, not even a different day. This is actually still March 3rd. Yuga Labs, a blockchain company, donated $100,000 to the Trump inauguration fund. They now get in line. They get what everybody else is getting. The SEC closes an ongoing investigation into the company. 
    “On March 4th, DOGE lays off thousands of IRS employees. This is bad for a lot of reasons, but it certainly helps Trump’s Mar-a-Lago friends because the IRS now cannot enforce the law against the big, giant tax cheats in the way that it could have when it had those personnel on the books. Mar-a-Lago is celebrating. 
    “March 4th – same day – word breaks that the Commerce Department is considering changes to this very specific rural broadband program and who’s eligible. Why? Because Elon Musk wants to dominate that program. Under the program’s original rules, Starlink was capped at $4.1 billion. This curious change now will allow Elon Musk’s company, Starlink, to receive between $10 billion and $20 billion from the rural broadband program. 
    “This is like a broken record, but six days later, the CFPB – which is basically shut down but exists in name only – drops a lawsuit against the Bank of America and J.P. Morgan. Bank of America donated $500,000 to the inauguration. J.P. Morgan donated $1 million to the inauguration.
    “On March 11th, a day later, Trump and Musk hold this now very well-known advertisement for Tesla on the White House lawn. This is just taxpayer dollars used to support the personnel at the White House and the White House being used to sell cars for Elon Musk, and the message again is pretty simple here: if you are loyal to me, and you pay any kind of price for your loyalty to me, I will use government resources to help you, to get you out of trouble, even including free advertising. 
    “On March 19th – we’re eight days later – the GEO Group donated $500,000 for Trump’s inauguration fund. This is a private prison company, and the NLRB drops its investigation into this company. It’s really getting disgusting at this point. I don’t know that there’s anybody left that made a major donation to the inauguration fund that has not gotten their favor from Donald Trump. 
    “On March 24th, the Treasury Department guts something called the Corporate Transparency Act. This is the regulation that requires businesses to reveal their true owners to the government. These new rules now make it easier for billionaires to hide money, to avoid taxes, to engage in corruption – less accountability for corporations. 
    “March 25th, a day later, the SEC reduces, from $125 million to $50 million, an existing fine. So, this has already been litigated: this company, Ripple, it’s a blockchain-based digital payment company. It’s been fined, and Trump comes in and reduces the fine from $125 million to $50 million. You know the story by now. These guys made a big investment in the inauguration. Most of these companies that got a get-out-of-jail-free or had their investigations terminated were giving $500,000, $1 million. Ripple wanted to make sure they got it right. They made a $5 million donation to Trump’s inaugural fund, and they got their fine reduced by $75 million. 
    “March 28th, Trump pardons the founder of Nikola Autos, one of his campaign mega donors. Again, this is a pardon for one of his major campaign contributors. When asked about the pardon, Trump said ‘They say the thing they did was wrong, but he was one of the first people who supported me for president.’ He just tells you what he did. He said, ‘yeah, they said what he did was wrong, he did something that was probably pretty wrong, but he supported me for president, so I’m giving him a pardon.’ I’m not saying that there hasn’t been a lot of really bad stuff that’s happened in the pardon program under Democratic and Republican presidents, but let’s just name it when Donald Trump names it. 
    “April 8th, we’re into April. Trump issues an executive order to expand coal mining. This is part of his down payment on the promise he made to those oil executives. The shares of the company owned by Joseph Kraft, the billionaire coal magnate who helped lead those Trump fundraising efforts during the presidential campaign, immediately shoots up.
    “On April 9th, this really curious timeline of events plays out, in which Trump posts on his social media, ‘This is a great time to buy.’ A lot of his followers complied; they make investments in the market. There’s reports and speculation that many of his inner circle might have done the same thing, and then a couple hours later, he announces that he’s pausing most of his tariffs, and the market shoots up. People who followed his directions online make a lot of money, and potentially other people who had access to that insider information might have made a lot of money as well. 
    “On April 17th, Musk steers billions of taxpayer dollars to something called the Golden Dome. Reuters, on April 17th, reports that Elon Musk’s rocket and satellite company, SpaceX, has emerged as the frontrunner to develop Trump’s proposed Golden Dome. This is a really ill-defined, technologically unproven defense system. It supposedly has a price tag of hundreds of billions of dollars, money that now looks as if it will be funneled directly to Elon Musk. At this point it is just head-shaking.
    “On April 23rd, now it’s like he can do anything he wants. He has just blown the lid off of any expectations about what a president can and cannot do to enrich himself. On April 23rd, a message appears on the homepage of the website for Trump’s meme coin declaring that the top 220 meme coin holders would be invited for an exclusive dinner with Trump and the top 25 coin holders – these are private investors in Donald Trump’s financial empire–would get a special VIP tour of the White House. After the message went up, the price of Trump’s coin jumped by more than 50%. In the two days following the announcement of the special VIP tour in the people’s house, the White House, Trump and his allies made nearly a million dollars in trading fees alone. They are just selling access to the White House out in the open.
    “April 26th, Trump’s family, this is just last weekend, announces the launch of a private club called the Executive Branch, a new private club in Washington. The initiation fee is around half a million dollars. It is advertised as a place where you can hold secret audiences with the Trump administration, as long as you pay Donald Trump’s family and their financial backers over $500,000 in membership fees. It is apparently already sold out.
    “This is not normal. None of this is normal. This is outlandish, this is illegal, this is unconstitutional, brazen corruption, and this is only the first 100 days. I just detailed 40 instances of mind-blowing corruption in just 40 days, capped off by an attempt to just sell access to the White House to people who put money in the pocket of Donald Trump’s personal businesses. 
    “Donald Trump wants to numb this country into believing that this is just how government works. That he’s owed this. That every president is owed this. That government has always been corrupt, and he’s just doing it out in the open. But this is not how government works. This has been the story of his first 100 days, but it’s our choice as a nation to allow it to be the story of the rest of his term. We need to expose what he is doing. We need to rally everybody, from the left to the right. Nobody in this country, whether you’re a hardened conservative or a hardened progressive, should root for the president of the United States to be enriching himself off of this position. We need to rally this nation against this corruption and bring it to an end, because if Donald Trump gets what he wants, and we just start allowing our government’s leaders to openly steal from us during the first 100 days or for the rest of his term, then I am telling you, American democracy is not going to survive.
    “I yield the floor.”

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI USA: Miller-Meeks Hosts Telephone Town Hall with Over 6,300 Iowans

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Representative Mariannette Miller-Meeks’ (IA-02)

    Washington, D.C. – Last night, Congresswoman Mariannette Miller-Meeks (R-IA) hosted her second telephone town hall of the 119th Congress, where she was joined by over 6,300 Iowans for a wide-ranging discussion on the work she’s doing in Washington to protect families, lower costs, and defend American values.

    “I’m always grateful for the opportunity to hear directly from Iowans, answer their questions, and provide updates on the issues that matter most,” said Miller-Meeks. “From securing our border and lowering drug costs to protecting Social Security/Medicaid and bringing manufacturing back to America, Iowans know I’m in Congress to fight for them—and last night’s conversation reaffirmed just how engaged and passionate they are about the direction of our country.”

    During the call, Miller-Meeks highlighted several recent accomplishments made possible by Republican leadership in Congress and President Trump’s return to the White House, including:

    1. A 95% reduction in illegal border crossings since President Trump resumed office—proof that strong leadership and real enforcement work.
    2. Passage of the SAVE Act, which she co-sponsored, to require proof of citizenship when registering to vote and protect the integrity of U.S. elections.
    3. Passage of the Protection of Women and Girls in Sports Act, which she proudly supported and celebrated at a White House ceremony with President Trump.
    4. House passage  of her Critical Infrastructure Manufacturing Feasibility Act, which strengthens America’s supply chains by expanding manufacturing into rural areas like southeast Iowa.
    5. Her ongoing fight to extend the Trump-era Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, protecting families, small businesses, and family farms from devastating tax hikes.

    A key moment of the evening came during a poll question on border security: 72% of callers said they believe the border is more secure under President Trump than it was under President Biden.

    On the issue of rising drug prices, she discussed her bipartisan legislation, the DRUG Act, which cracks down on Pharmacy Benefit Managers (PBMs)—the middlemen driving up prescription costs—and praised a recent Trump executive order to increase transparency in the drug pricing system.

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Govt enhances transport service

    Source: Hong Kong Information Services

    The Transport Department today said that the Government is determined to enhance the service quality of personalised point-to-point transport.

    It made the statement in response to press enquiries on the taxi service and complaint figures.

    The department met the taxi trade today to exchange views on enhancing taxi service quality and promoting the healthy development of the industry, and reiterated that the Government will continue to combat the illegal carriage of passengers for hire or reward activities to safeguard the safety and interests of the public.

    To improve the taxi service, the Government has implemented the Taxi-Driver-Offence Points system and the two-tier penalty system as well as introduced a taxi fleet regime to provide quality services to passengers by the use of systematic management and technology.

    The five selected taxi fleet operators are working intensively to prepare for the service commencement which is anticipated to be in place by end-July 2025.

    On the other hand, the Government proposes to mandate the installation of in-vehicle cameras, dash cameras and global navigation satellite systems in all taxi compartments to better protect the rights of passengers. It also proposes to mandate all taxi drivers to provide e-payment means. Follow-up work on the legislative exercise of the relevant proposed provisions is underway.

    On the regulation of online hailed car platforms, while the Government is open-minded in respect of the use of different communications technologies, including the use of online or mobile applications for obtaining personalised point-to-point transport services through online hailing services, it is imperative to ensure that the passenger transport services supported by the use of platforms concerned comply with the laws and regulations.

    The department is conducting a study on the overall demand and supply of personalised point-to-point transport services.

    The Government will, after considering the report of the Working Group for Enhancing Personalised Point-to-Point Transport Services under the Transport Advisory Committee and the views and relevant data collected, formulate legislative proposals on the regulation of online car hailing platforms, vehicles that may provide services complying with the regulations and relevant licensing requirements for the drivers within 2025.

    To combat illegal hire car services in accordance with the law, Police have been taking enforcement actions against illegal carriage of passengers for hire or reward through gathering intelligence via different channels.

    If there is sufficient evidence proving suspected vehicles without a valid hire car permit being used for illegal carriage of passengers for hire or reward, Police will immediately take appropriate enforcement actions.

    People who intend to use a hire car service may enquire with the service operator or make use of the department’s online checking system to ensure the private car concerned has been issued with a valid hire car permit before the journey starts.

    The department stressed that using illegal hire car services can put passengers at risk, as the vehicle’s third party insurance may be invalid in case of a traffic accident.

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

  • MIL-OSI Security: Greenwich Investment Group Operator Pleads Guilty to Fraud, Money Laundering Offenses

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    Marc H. Silverman, Acting United States Attorney for the District of Connecticut, today announced that JUSTIN C. MURPHY, 50, of Stamford, pleaded guilty yesterday before U.S. District Judge Victor A. Bolden in New Haven to offenses stemming from an investment fraud scheme.

    According to court documents and statements made in court, Murphy owned and operated Greenwich-based Mara Investment Group, LLC, also known as Mara Investment Management LP and Mara Investments Global Management LLC (“Mara”), which Murphy purported to be a hedge fund that solicited and accepted investments and used a quantitative strategy that balanced long and short positions in securities.  Between approximately 2016 and September 2022, Murphy defrauded investors by pursuing a much riskier investment strategy than he told investors; diverting substantial investor funds for his own personal use and benefit; representing to investors that their invested funds were performing more favorably than was, in fact, the case, including providing investors with account statements that falsely representing their account balances; and providing investors with federal tax forms that falsely reported business income upon which investors would be required to pay tax.

    Murphy stole approximately $3,465,812 in investor funds through this scheme and used the funds to pay for personal expenses and to purchase a personal stake in his relative’s startup company.

    Murphy pleaded guilty to one count of wire fraud, which carries a maximum term of imprisonment of 20 years, and one count of money laundering, which carries a maximum term of imprisonment of 10 years.  A sentencing date is not scheduled.

    Murphy was arrested in Brazil on December 6, 2023, and was detained for nearly 11 months while awaiting extradition to the U.S.  He has been released on a $250,000 bond since November 1, 2024.

    This investigation has been conducted by the Federal Bureau of Investigation and the Internal Revenue Service – Criminal Investigation Division.  The Justice Department’s Office of International Affairs and Brazilian authorities provided assistance.

    The case is being prosecuted by Assistant U.S. Attorney David E. Novick.

    MIL Security OSI –

  • MIL-OSI Europe: OLAF and Polish authorities uncover major VAT import fraud scheme

    Source: European Anti-Fraud Offfice

    Press release no. 10/2025
    PDF version 

    This press release is also available in Polish.  

    Close cooperation between the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) and Polish national authorities has led to the uncovering of a sophisticated VAT fraud scheme involving goods imported from China into the European Union. Acting on intelligence and information provided by OLAF, Polish authorities carried out a criminal investigation, resulting in the arrest of four individuals and searches at 50 locations across the country.

    Working closely with customs and fiscal authorities in Poland, Germany, Czechia, Lithuania, and Latvia, OLAF identified a complex network exploiting the so-called “customs procedure 42″—a mechanism that allows for deferred VAT payments on goods imported into one Member State and transported to another.

    The suspected fraudsters transported goods arriving from China via railway border crossings into Germany under a customs transit procedure, suspending customs duties and VAT. Once in Germany, the goods were declared under procedure 42, only to be transported back to Poland and stored in warehouses near Wólka Kosowska, a major commercial hub.

    Operating through transport companies, logistics providers, and dozens of shell companies, the perpetrators falsely documented exports to other EU countries, mainly Lithuania. In reality, the goods remained in Poland or were illicitly distributed across the EU, including to Germany, Spain, France, and Italy—allowing for systematic evasion of VAT and the generation of significant illicit profits.

    The fraudulent activities were orchestrated by an organised group, operating behind a network of shell companies registered under the names of Lithuanian, Ukrainian, and Russian nationals.

    Following OLAF’s referral, the Regional Prosecutor’s Office in Kraków launched a criminal investigation. On 8 April 2025, Polish authorities—including officers from the Internal Security Agency (ABW), the National Revenue Administration (KAS), the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBŚP), and the Central Cybercrime Bureau (CBZC)—carried out an extensive enforcement operation.

    In addition to the four individuals that were arrested, authorities seized telephones, computers, data carriers, financial and accounting documentation, and almost 300 company stamps. Property was also temporarily seized. 

    The detainees have been charged with participation in an organised criminal group, money laundering, and falsification of legal documents. At the request of the prosecutor’s office, the District Court for Kraków-Śródmieście ordered their temporary detention for three months.

    OLAF Director-General Ville Itälä said: “This case is a clear example of how cross-border cooperation and intelligence-sharing are crucial in protecting the EU’s financial interests. Through close cooperation with national authorities, we can uncover even the most complex fraud schemes. We remain fully committed to supporting Member States in the fight against fraud and ensuring that those who seek to exploit our systems are caught and held fully accountable.”

    You can read more in the press release from the Regional Prosecutor’s Office in Kraków 

    OLAF mission, mandate and competences:
    OLAF’s mission is to detect, investigate and stop fraud with EU funds.    

    OLAF fulfils its mission by:
    •    carrying out independent investigations into fraud and corruption involving EU funds, so as to ensure that all EU taxpayers’ money reaches projects that can create jobs and growth in Europe;
    •    contributing to strengthening citizens’ trust in the EU Institutions by investigating serious misconduct by EU staff and members of the EU Institutions;
    •    developing a sound EU anti-fraud policy.

    In its independent investigative function, OLAF can investigate matters relating to fraud, corruption and other offences affecting the EU financial interests concerning:
    •    all EU expenditure: the main spending categories are Structural Funds, agricultural policy and rural development funds, direct expenditure and external aid;
    •    some areas of EU revenue, mainly customs duties;
    •    suspicions of serious misconduct by EU staff and members of the EU institutions.

    Once OLAF has completed its investigation, it is for the competent EU and national authorities to examine and decide on the follow-up of OLAF’s recommendations. All persons concerned are presumed to be innocent until proven guilty in a competent national or EU court of law.

    For further details:

    Pierluigi CATERINO
    Spokesperson
    European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF)
    Phone: +32(0)2 29-52335  
    Email: olaf-media ec [dot] europa [dot] eu (olaf-media[at]ec[dot]europa[dot]eu)
    https://anti-fraud.ec.europa.eu
    LinkedIn: European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF)
    Bluesky: euantifraud.bsky.social

    If you’re a journalist and you wish to receive our press releases in your inbox, pleaseleave us your contact data.

    MIL OSI Europe News –

  • MIL-OSI Security: Chester Man Sentenced for Tax Evasion, False Statements, and Illegal Gun Possession in Multi-Million Dollar Business Scheme

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    COLUMBIA, S.C. — Lawrencium Germaine Martin, a/k/a Germaine Martin, 47, of Chester, has been sentenced to 57 months in federal prison after pleading guilty to federal tax evasion, being a felon in possession of a firearm, and making false statements to federal investigators.

    According to evidence presented in court, from 2019 through 2021, Martin operated a business known as Lancaster Tactical Supply (LTS) through the website LTacticalSupply.com. Martin presented LTS as if it were a legitimate business that sold firearm accessories and parts, including 80% build kits, firearm slides, imitation suppressors, optics, and body armor. He also modified and customized firearms.  Build kits are products that include the component parts of an operable firearm with some parts disassembled. When the parts are combined, the product is converted into a fully functioning firearm, often without a manufacturer or serial number, making the firearm more difficult to trace.  

    At least 380 customers from 43 states complained that they were defrauded by LTS, generally reporting that LTS took their money and failed to ship the products they purchased. Martin generated substantial revenue through LTS, including more than $2 million in 2020 alone.  Although Martin personally operated LTS and deposited its proceeds into his personal bank accounts, Martin failed to pay state or federal income tax any year from 2015 through 2022. 

    Martin also evaded federal income tax by using the identity of a former employee without authorization to set LTS payment systems up in a way that caused the IRS to identify the former employee as the person who owed income tax for the business, rather than Martin.

    When agents searched Martin’s residence and business in Chester, pursuant to a federal search warrant, he was found in possession of numerous firearms – including a 5.56 x 45 mm “80%” rifle; a 9 x 19 mm “80%” pistol, with a stabilizer brace and muzzle attachment; a 9mm pistol; and another 9mm pistol loaded with 16 rounds. Only one of the firearms had a serial number. Martin had 15 prior criminal convictions at the time, many of which are felonies, which made firearm possession illegal for Martin under federal law.

    As for false statements, when agents searched his house and business, Martin told FBI agents that he had never heard of LTS, that he had never received money from LTS, and that he did not know how his name became associated with the businesses, all of which Martin knew were untrue.

    United States District Judge Joseph F. Anderson, Jr. sentenced Martin to 57 months in federal prison, the high end of the advisory guidelines, with 3 years supervision by U.S. Probation to follow. Martin was also ordered to pay $215,374.00 in restitution to the IRS.

    The case was investigated by the FBI Columbia field office, U.S. Postal Inspection Service, and IRS Criminal Investigation, with critical assistance from the Chester County Sheriff’s Department and the Rock Hill Police Department. Assistant U.S. Attorney Elliott B. Daniels is prosecuting the case.

    ###

    MIL Security OSI –

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Increased allowances for Plymouth foster carers

    Source: City of Plymouth

    Foster carers in Plymouth are receiving a five per cent uplift on all their allowances as part of Foster for Plymouth’s new financial support offer for 2025/26.

    This means that weekly payments now vary from between £350 to £779 per child, depending on how old they are and their specific needs. There are also increased financial packages available for the ‘Step Forward’ fostering scheme, which supports children out of residential care.

    Foster for Plymouth is a not-for-profit fostering service which is part of Plymouth City Council.

    Councillor Jemima Laing, Cabinet Member for Children’s Social Care, said: “Our foster carers do an absolutely incredible job looking after our children and young people who need a safe place to live. I’ve been fortunate enough to spend a lot of time with our carers and I know that none of them do this for the financial reward, but instead because they are genuinely motivated to care for children in need.

    “However, it’s really important that our foster carers are not out of pocket and that they are financially supported to be able to provide this vitally important role. This is why we’re committed to reviewing the financial support package every year and I’m delighted that we’ve been able to offer an uplift this year, as well as a number of other benefits.”

    As well as a weekly maintenance allowance and a reward payment for each child, extra financial support is provided for birthdays, holidays and celebrations such as Christmas.

    In recognition of feedback from foster carers, the new financial support package also includes an additional payment to be used towards birthday parties for children as well as a £200 prom allowance to help cover the costs of any clothing or attendance.

    There is also a new capital grant opportunity available to foster carers to help adapt their homes, either to meet the needs of a specific child or to increase the number of bedrooms they have so they can support more children.

    Foster for Plymouth carers may also be eligible for Council Tax discount or a full exemption. This applies to carers who live in other local authority areas as well as those living within the Plymouth City Council boundaries.

    In additional to the financial allowances, Foster for Plymouth carers also benefit from a range of support. This includes comprehensive training and development opportunities, regular social events, respite breaks, an online portal with useful information, peer support from other carers and a dedicated supporting social worker.

    There are currently more than 500 children in care in Plymouth, but not enough local foster homes available to support them. This means children sometimes have to live in residential care settings or live outside of the city, which can negatively impact their wellbeing by separating them from friends, family and trusted professionals.

    Foster for Plymouth is looking for more local adults who could consider becoming foster parents. To be a foster carer, you must be over the age of 21, have a spare room and be genuinely interested in the welfare of children and young people.

    There are less barriers to foster care then you may think, and it doesn’t matter whether you are:

    • single or in a relationship
    • a parent or have never had children
    • a pet owner
    • renting your home or a homeowner
    • employed, unemployed or retired
    • living with a disability.

    If you’re interested in finding out more, visit fosterforplymouth.co.uk, email [email protected] or call 01752 308762.

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

  • MIL-OSI: Sidetrade publishes its 2024 annual report

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Sidetrade, the global leader in AI-powered Order-to-Cash applications, today publishes its 2024 Annual Report, highlighting a year defined by record performance, innovation in generative AI, and continued international expansion.

    Sidetrade’s 2024 Annual Report provides an in-depth analysis of the company’s ecosystem, strategic direction, and governance framework. It also reviews the key milestones that shaped the past financial year. Beyond the financial results, the report connects economic performance and non-financial impact, demonstrating Sidetrade’s commitment to responsible growth, exemplary governance, and sustainable value creation.

    This report is designed for investors, partners, customers, and stakeholders who want a deeper understanding of how Sidetrade anticipates, innovates, and shapes the future of corporate finance.

    It is available on the company’s website here.

    Philippe Gangneux, CSR Ambassador and Chief Financial Officer of Sidetrade, commented:

    “In 2024, we delivered record revenue and profitability, while expanding our AI innovation and international footprint. For the second year, we’re integrating both financial and non-financial performance to give our stakeholders a transparent, 360° view of how Sidetrade creates value. Our ability to combine sustained growth, operational excellence, and long-term impact is what sets us apart.

    “This year’s Annual Report goes beyond numbers, highlighting how our intelligent solutions, powered by the Sidetrade Data Lake, are not only accelerating cash flow performance for our customers, but helping finance leaders rethink what’s possible in the age of generative AI.”

    Next financial announcement
    Annual General Meeting: June 18, 2025, 11:00 AM – 12:30 PM (France, Sidetrade headquarters) First Half Year Revenue for 2025: July 16, 2025 (after the stock market closes)

    Investor relations
    Christelle Dhrif                  00 33 6 10 46 72 00           cdhrif@sidetrade.com

    Media relations @Sidetrade
    Becca Parlby               00 44 7824 5055 84         bparlby@sidetrade.com

    About Sidetrade (www.sidetrade.com)
    Sidetrade (Euronext Growth: ALBFR.PA) provides a SaaS platform designed to revolutionize how cash flow is secured and accelerated. Leveraging its next-generation AI, nicknamed Aimie, Sidetrade analyzes $7.2 trillion worth of B2B payment transactions daily in its Cloud, thereby anticipating customer payment behavior and the attrition risk of 40 million buyers worldwide. Aimie recommends the best strategies, dematerializes, and intelligently automates Order-to-Cash processes to enhance productivity, results and working capital across organizations. Sidetrade has a global reach, with 400+ talented employees based in Europe, the United States and Canada, serving global businesses in more than 85 countries. Amongst them: AGFA, BMW Financial Services, Bunzl, DXC, Engie, Inmarsat, KPMG, Lafarge, Manpower, Morningstar, Page, Randstad, Safran, Saint-Gobain, Securitas, Siemens, UGI, Veolia.
    Sidetrade is a participant of the United Nations Global Compact, adhering to its principles-based approach to responsible business.
    For further information, visit us at www.sidetrade.com and follow @Sidetrade on LinkedIn.
    In the event of any discrepancy between the French and English versions of this press release, only the French version is to be taken into account.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Decisions adopted in the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders of AB Amber Grid

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    AB Amber Grid, legal entity code: 303090867. Address: Laisvės ave. 10, LT-04215 Vilnius, Lithuania.
    The following decisions were adopted in the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders of AB Amber Grid on 30 April 2025:

    1) To read the independent auditor’s report on the AB „Amber Grid“ 2024 set of financial statements and the AB „Amber Grid“ 2024 Consolidated Management Report

    No decision of the General Meeting of Shareholders is required. The Board has submitted Amber Grid’s consolidated management report to the Shareholders’ Meeting for information (attached).

    2) On the approval of the AB „Amber Grid“ 2024 consolidated and separate financial statements

    To approve the 2024 set of financial statements of AB „Amber Grid“

    3) On the approval of the distribution of AB „Amber Grid“ profits for 2024

    To approve the distribution of AB „Amber Grid”’s profit for 2024 (attached)

    4) On the approval of the information on the remuneration for 2024 of AB „Amber Grid“

    To approve the information on remuneration for 2024 provided by AB „Amber Grid“ as part of the Consolidated Management Report for 2024 (attached)

    Attachments:
    1. Profit allocation of Amber Grid AB of 2024.
    2. Consolidated and separate financial statements of Amber Grid AB for 2024 December 31, consolidated annual report, confirmation of responsible persons, independent auditor’s report.

    More information:
    Laura Šebekienė, Head of Communications of Amber Grid,
    +370 699 61 246, l.sebekiene@ambergrid.lt

    Attachments

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Annual Information of Amber Grid for 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    On 30th April, 2025 during the Ordinary General Meeting of Amber Grid Shareholders audited Consolidated and separate financial statements and the consolidated annual report for year 2024 has been approved. 

    Key financial indicators for 2024:
    • Revenue – EUR 74.6 million (the year 2023 – EUR 82.2 million);
    • EBITDA– EUR 26.5 million (the year 2023 – EUR 26.3 million);
    • Net profit – EUR 8.3 million (the year 2023 – EUR 13.0 million).

    The General Meeting of Shareholders also approved the distribution of profits of AB Amber Grid for 2024.

    Attached:
    1. Amber Grid consolidated and separate financial statements, consolidated annual report for 2024, approval of responsible persons, independent auditor’s report;
    2. Allocation of 2024 Amber Grid profit.

    The individual authorised by AB Amber Grid (the issuer) to provide additional information on the material event:

    Laura Šebekienė
    Head of Communications  
    ph. +370 699 61 246
    e-mail: l.sebekiene@ambergrid.lt   

    Attachments

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Arax Recognizes InvestmentNews Excellence Awardees Across Platform

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Arax Investment Partners (“Arax”), backed by RedBird Capital Partners (“RedBird”), is pleased to recognize several of its valued partner firms, teams, and advisors who have been selected as Excellence Awardees for the 2025 InvestmentNews Awards.

    The InvestmentNews Awards program recognizes the leading professionals and firms in the wealth management industry across 18 different categories. Arax honorees include:

    • RIA Firm of the Year – Ashton Thomas Private Wealth
    • RIA Team of the Year (Under 10 Advisors) – Advanced Planning Group, U.S. Capital Wealth (Led by Todd Lavergne and Nick Erwin)
    • Advisor of the Year (Regional – Southwest) – Kim-Ha Nguyen, U.S. Capital Wealth
    • Excellence in Philanthropy and Community Service – Lance Knight, Ashton Thomas Private Wealth
    • DEI Trailblazer of the Year – Cary Carbonaro, Ashton Thomas Private Wealth

    Arax Investment Partners brings together leading independent advisory firms, offering centralized resources, strategic support, and integrated business solutions to drive collective growth. With approximately $26 billion in assets under management across its partner firms, Arax serves wealth management clients coast-to-coast.

    “Being recognized at both the individual and firmwide levels is a testament to our ability to attract the top talent in the industry,” said Haig Ariyan, Chief Executive Officer of Arax. “Today, we celebrate our Awardees and applaud their dedication to delivering customized, high-impact wealth management solutions to private clients and institutions. We’re excited to continue supporting the success of our advisors with an unwavering commitment to exceptional client service.”

    Nominations from across the wealth management industry were gathered and supplemented by in-depth research from the InvestmentNews Awards team, then reviewed to select the Excellence Awardees, who have been invited to submit detailed materials as finalists. Final winners for each category will be announced at the InvestmentNews Awards dinner in New York City on Tuesday, June 24.

    About Arax Investment Partners
    Arax Investment Partners is a rapidly growing boutique wealth management platform making strategic control investments in leading RIAs and elite advisor teams. Founded and led by CEO Haig Ariyan — a seasoned industry executive with a distinguished track record of building and scaling wealth management businesses — Arax empowers its partners to be entrepreneurial and focus on delivering exceptional client service. Firms benefit from a management team with deep M&A expertise, capital sourcing capabilities, and the backing of RedBird Capital Partners. For more information, visit www.araxpartners.com.

    About Ashton Thomas Private Wealth
    Ashton Thomas is a diversified financial services firm committed to a culture of excellence, integrity, and respect in every aspect of its business. Through its various entities listed below, Ashton Thomas serves foundations, businesses, and affluent individuals and families by providing a range of services which include fee-based financial planning and investment portfolio management, retirement plan consulting, securities brokerage, life and health insurance, and income tax preparation. The firm also strives to remain at the forefront of technological innovation and thought leadership within the financial services industry.

    Ashton Thomas Private Wealth, LLC, (“ATPW”), founded in 2010, and Ashton Thomas Advisors, LLC (“ATA”), founded in 2024, are SEC-registered investment advisers which provide fee-based financial planning, portfolio management, pension consulting, and fund manager selection services. Ashton Thomas Securities, LLC, (“ATS”) is a dually registered entity. ATS registered with FINRA as a broker-dealer in 1984 and provides securities brokerage services. ATS became an SEC-registered investment adviser in 2008 and provides fee-based financial planning, portfolio management, pension consulting, and fund manager selection services. Ashton Thomas Insurance Agency, LLC, (“ATIA”) provides life and health insurance brokerage services. ATIA also provides income tax services through its DBA, Ashton Thomas Tax Advisory. Representatives of the entities listed may only conduct business for which they are licensed, if required, and with residents of the states and jurisdictions in which they are properly registered and/or licensed.

    About U.S. Capital Wealth Advisors LLC
    Headquartered in Houston, Texas, with a strategic Texas presence across Austin, Dallas, and Georgetown, as well as offices in New York City, Massachusetts, and Florida, U.S. Capital Wealth LLC (“USCW”) is a premier independent, full-platform Registered Investment Advisor dedicated to delivering institutional-quality financial solutions with the personalized service of a boutique firm.

    Founded in 2010, USCW was created to empower clients with access to a comprehensive wealth management experience. As a full-platform RIA, USCW offers the best of both worlds — integrating brokerage and advisory capabilities to deliver flexible solutions tailored to each client’s needs. Clients benefit from the capabilities of a large financial institution, while maintaining the personalized, high-touch approach of a boutique advisory firm.

    USCW’s team of seasoned financial professionals brings decades of institutional experience to help clients navigate complexity with clarity and confidence.

    USCW serves distinguished clientele, including high-net-worth and ultra-high-net-worth families, business owners, specialized industry professionals, institutions, and municipalities. Comprehensive offerings span investment management, risk mitigation, lending solutions, and fully integrated family office services — all tailored to each client’s unique goals. To learn more, please visit: https://uscwealth.com.

    About RedBird Capital Partners
    RedBird Capital Partners is a private investment firm that builds high-growth companies with strategic capital solutions to founders and entrepreneurs. The firm currently manages $12 billion in assets on behalf of a global group of blue chip institutional and family office investors. Founded in 2014 by Gerry Cardinale, RedBird integrates sophisticated private equity investing with a hands-on business building mandate that focuses on three core industry verticals — Financial Services, Sports and Media & Entertainment. Over his 30-year investment career, Cardinale has partnered with founders and entrepreneurs to build some of the most iconic growth companies in their respective industries. For more information, please go to www.redbirdcap.com.

    Media Contact:
    Dan Gagnier
    Gagnier Communications 
    RedBird@gagnierfc.com

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Flywire and Avanse Financial Services Announce Strategic Partnership to Digitize Student Loan Disbursements from India

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Integrated solution enables Flywire to unlock new payment flows from India to academic destinations worldwide

    Flywire further expands footprint in India, capitalizes on the billions of dollars of payment volume from education loans

    BOSTON and MUMBAI, India, April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Flywire Corporation (Nasdaq: FLYW) (Flywire), a global payments and enablement and software company, today announced its strategic partnership with Avanse Financial Services, India’s second-largest education-focused non-banking financial company (NBFC). The collaboration simplifies the process of disbursing education loan payments for Indian students pursuing education opportunities abroad. The collaboration helps Flywire capitalize on tuition loan disbursements initiated by Avanse in Indian Rupees (INR) and builds on Flywire’s existing banking and loan integrations in India. The solution is available immediately and supports payment flows from India to academic destinations worldwide.

    Through this integration, Flywire streamlines the entire payments experience for students who opt to get educational loans from Avanse. After loan approval, students process payments via Flywire entirely in Indian rupees, with the ability to monitor transactions until funds reach their university. Flywire ensures transparency over all loan disbursements, facilitates efficient refunds, and automates the complex Tax Collected at Source (TCS) calculations—ultimately saving both students and providers valuable time and resources while ensuring adherence to relevant tax guidelines.

    “We’re excited to collaborate with Avanse to enhance the process of student loan disbursements from India,” commented Mina Fakhouri, SVP, APAC & Global Agents at Flywire. “The combination of Avanse’s presence in India and Flywire’s innovative payment technology addresses a crucial market gap for both students and lending institutions. India remains an important market for Flywire, and we’re excited to work together to deliver value to our partners, payers, educational institutions and beyond.”

    Additional benefits of the integration between Flywire and Avanse are expected to include:

    • Competitive foreign exchange conversion rates for students
    • Providing transparent payment tracking for students, schools and financial institutions
    • Enhancing compliance with international banking regulations
    • Managing TCS calculations for payments
    • Simplifying the documentation requirements for both students and institutions

    Rajesh Kachave, Chief Business Officer – Student Lending International Business of Avanse Financial Services, commented: “We believe in providing a holistic education financing experience. This collaboration with Flywire will create compelling and sustaining value for our customers, enabling them to focus entirely on their academics while leaving the financial complexities to us.”

    About Flywire

    Flywire is a global payments enablement and software company. We combine our proprietary global payments network, next-gen payments platform and vertical-specific software to deliver the most important and complex payments for our clients and their customers.

    Flywire leverages its vertical-specific software and payments technology to deeply embed within the existing A/R workflows for its clients across the education, healthcare and travel vertical markets, as well as in key B2B industries. Flywire also integrates with leading ERP systems, such as NetSuite, so organizations can optimize the payment experience for their customers while eliminating operational challenges.

    Flywire supports more than 4,500 clients with diverse payment methods in more than 140 currencies across more than 240 countries and territories around the world. The company is headquartered in Boston, MA, USA with global offices. For more information, visit www.flywire.com. Follow Flywire on X , LinkedIn and Facebook.

    About Avanse Financial Services
    Avanse Financial Services Limited is an education-focused non-banking financial company (NBFC) on a mission to provide seamless and affordable education financing for every deserving Indian student. The company offers loans across three key segments:

    Student Loan – International – Customized education financing solutions for Indian students pursuing undergraduate & postgraduate courses overseas
    Education Loans Domestic – Customized financing solutions for Indian students seeking higher education at domestic institutions. It also includes loans for professionals engaging in executive learning programs, as well as financing for both curriculum fees for students enrolled in accredited schools and non-curriculum fees associated with skilling programs, executive education, and test preparation courses, all in India.
    Educational Institution Loans – Collateral-backed financing solutions to private educational institutions, generally K-12 schools, located in peripheral areas of tier I cities and in tier II and beyond cities in India. For more information, please click here.

    Safe Harbor Statement

    This release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including, but not limited to, statements regarding Flywire’s expectations regarding the benefits of its education clients and business, Flywire’s business strategy and plans, market growth and trends. Flywire intends such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as, but not limited to, “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “target,” “plan,” “expect,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are based upon current expectations that involve risks, changes in circumstances, assumptions, and uncertainties. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in Flywire’s forward-looking statements include, among others, the factors that are described in the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of Flywire’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, which is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and available on the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov/. The information in this release is provided only as of the date of this release, and Flywire undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained in this release on account of new information, future events, or otherwise, except as required by law.

    Contacts

    Flywire

    Media:
    Sarah King
    Media@Flywire.com

    Investor Relations:
    Masha Kahn
    IR@Flywire.com

    Avanse Financial Services
    Koeli Dutta | Lead – Corporate Communication & Content
    Mobile: +91 8879330544
    Email ID: koeli.dutta@avanse.com   

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Red River Bancshares, Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ALEXANDRIA, La., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Red River Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) (Nasdaq: RRBI), the holding company for Red River Bank (the “Bank”), announced today its unaudited financial results for the first quarter of 2025.

    Net income for the first quarter of 2025 was $10.4 million, or $1.52 per diluted common share (“EPS”), an increase of $1.0 million, or 11.2%, compared to $9.3 million, or $1.37 EPS, for the fourth quarter of 2024, and an increase of $2.2 million, or 26.4%, compared to $8.2 million, or $1.16 EPS, for the first quarter of 2024. For the first quarter of 2025, the quarterly return on assets was 1.32%, and the quarterly return on equity was 12.85%.

    First Quarter 2025 Performance and Operational Highlights

    The Company had solid financial results for the first quarter of 2025. The net interest margin, net interest income, and net income increased. The balance sheet reflects good loan growth, while deposits and assets had slight increases. We increased the quarterly cash dividend paid to shareholders by 33.3% to $0.12 per share for the first quarter of 2025. Also, in the first quarter, we completed significant upgrades to our digital banking systems.

    • Net income for the first quarter of 2025 was $10.4 million, which was $1.0 million, or 11.2%, higher than the prior quarter. Net income for the first quarter increased due to having higher net interest income, along with approximately $620,000 of periodic items that reduced operating expenses. These operating expense reductions benefited EPS by approximately $0.07.
    • Net interest income and net interest margin FTE increased for the first quarter of 2025 compared to the prior quarter. Net interest income for the first quarter of 2025 was $24.6 million, which was $923,000, or 3.9%, higher than the prior quarter. Net interest margin FTE increased 13 basis points (“bp(s)”) to 3.22% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.09% for the prior quarter. These improvements resulted from higher securities yields and lower deposit rates.
    • As of March 31, 2025, assets were $3.19 billion, which was $36.8 million, or 1.2%, higher than December 31, 2024. The increase was mainly due to a $20.6 million increase in deposits.
    • Deposits totaled $2.83 billion as of March 31, 2025, an increase of $20.6 million, or 0.7%, compared to $2.81 billion as of December 31, 2024. This increase was mainly due to higher balances in consumer and commercial customer deposit accounts, partially offset by the seasonal outflow of funds from public entity customers.
    • As of March 31, 2025, loans held for investment (“HFI”) were $2.11 billion, which was $39.7 million, or 1.9%, higher than $2.08 billion as of December 31, 2024. In the first quarter of 2025, we had steady new loan closing activity, combined with funding of loan construction commitments.
    • As of March 31, 2025, total securities were $699.5 million, which was $14.7 million, or 2.1%, higher than December 31, 2024. Securities increased mainly due to the purchase of new securities, combined with a smaller net unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale (“AFS”).
    • As of March 31, 2025, liquid assets, which are cash and cash equivalents, were $252.2 million, and the liquid assets to assets ratio was 7.91%. We do not have any borrowings, brokered deposits, or internet-sourced deposits.
    • The provision for credit losses was $450,000 for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $300,000 for the prior quarter. The $150,000 increase was due to loan growth and uncertainty regarding tariffs and trade.
    • As of March 31, 2025, nonperforming assets (“NPA(s)”) were $5.2 million, or 0.16% of assets, and the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) was $21.8 million, or 1.03% of loans HFI.
    • In the first quarter of 2025, the quarterly cash dividend increased by 33.3% to $0.12 per common share, up from $0.09 per common share for each quarter in 2024.
    • The 2025 stock repurchase program authorizes us to purchase up to $5.0 million of our outstanding shares of common stock from January 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025. As of March 31, 2025, the 2025 stock repurchase program had $5.0 million of available capacity.
    • In the first quarter of 2025, Red River Bank’s online, mobile banking, and bill payment systems were upgraded in order to improve our digital services for all customers.
    • In the first quarter of 2025, S&P Global Market Intelligence ranked the Bank 14th of the top 50 best deposit franchises in 2024 for banks with assets between $3.0 and $10.0 billion.
    • On March 14, 2025, our board of directors and executive management had the privilege of ringing the closing bell at the Nasdaq Market Site in New York to commemorate being a public company for 6 years.

    Blake Chatelain, President and Chief Executive Officer, stated, “We are pleased with the financial results for the first quarter of 2025. We produced solid net interest margin improvement, higher net income, and positive, relationship-based core loan growth. As a result of consistent earnings, strong capital levels, and confidence in our consistent and conservative banking culture, the board of directors approved a 33.3% increase to the quarterly cash dividend for the first quarter of 2025 to $0.12 per share.

    “We continue to be very focused on net interest margin improvement and managing our cost of deposits, while also focusing on redeploying assets into higher yielding assets. In the first quarter of 2025, our net interest margin FTE increased by 13 bps, net interest income increased by 3.9%, and net income increased by 11.2%.

    “We remain pleased with the level of our customer banking activity across Louisiana. We are focused on adding experienced relationship bankers and growing our presence in our newer markets. Recently there has been expanded emphasis and renewed efforts on economic development in Louisiana. This has resulted in various new and significant corporate expansion announcements for new projects throughout the state. Overall, as of March 31, 2025, our customers seem optimistic about economic activity and growth.

    “Despite this optimism, as result of the April 2, 2025 announcements and changes to the United States tariff policy, we are assessing the possible impact to our customers and the Company. These changes have injected new uncertainty into the economic environment and could result in a slowdown in activity, higher inflation, and a loss of consumer confidence. We are monitoring this situation with our customers as these events unfold. We are hopeful that these policies will be settled quickly and with minimal, negative impact.

    “Since the Company was founded in 1998, we have focused on having a consistent, conservative, and prudent banking philosophy and strategy. We remain focused on these principles, while also striving daily to build customer relationships, expand market share, and create value for our shareholders.”

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin FTE

    Net interest income and net interest margin FTE increased in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the prior quarter. These measures were both primarily impacted by improved yields on securities and lower deposit rates. The Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) decreased the federal funds rate by 50 bps in September of 2024, and by an additional 50 bps during the fourth quarter of 2024, and then kept the federal funds rate consistent in the first quarter of 2025.

    Net interest income for the first quarter of 2025 was $24.6 million, which was $923,000, or 3.9%, higher than the fourth quarter of 2024, due to a $178,000 increase in interest and dividend income, combined with a $745,000 decrease in interest expense. The increase in interest and dividend income was mainly due to higher interest income on securities. Securities income increased $233,000, primarily due to reinvesting lower yielding securities cash flows into higher yielding securities. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to lower rates on time deposits.

    The net interest margin FTE increased 13 bps to 3.22% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.09% for the prior quarter. This increase was due to improved yields on securities and loans, combined with lower deposit costs. The yield on securities increased 11 bps, primarily due to reinvesting lower yielding securities cash flows into higher yielding securities. The yield on loans increased 7 bps due to higher rates on new and renewed loans compared to the existing portfolio yield. The average rate on new and renewed loans was 7.02% for the first quarter of 2025 and 7.25% for the prior quarter. The cost of deposits decreased 10 bps to 1.61% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 1.71% for the previous quarter, mainly due to lowering selected time deposit rates. As a result of this change, there was a 37 bp decrease on time deposits during the first quarter.

    The FOMC kept the federal funds rate consistent in the first quarter of 2025, with the target federal funds range remaining at 4.25%-4.50%. The market’s expectation is that the FOMC may lower the target range of the federal funds rate several times in 2025. During the remainder of 2025, we anticipate receiving approximately $80.0 million in securities cash flows with an average yield of 3.28%, and we project approximately $162.2 million of fixed rate loans will mature with an average yield of 6.15%. We expect to redeploy these balances into slightly higher yielding assets. Additionally, during the second quarter of 2025, we expect $253.6 million of time deposits to mature with an average rate of 4.06%, which we anticipate repricing into slightly lower cost deposits. As of March 31, 2025, floating rate loans were 17.6% of loans HFI, and floating rate transaction deposits were 8.7% of interest-bearing transaction deposits. Depending on balance sheet activity, the movement in interest rates, and the economic outlook, we expect the net interest income and net interest margin FTE to remain fairly consistent for the remainder of 2025.

    Provision for Credit Losses

    The provision for credit losses for the first quarter of 2025 was $450,000 for loans, which was $150,000 higher than the provision for credit losses of $300,000 for the prior quarter. The increase in the first quarter of 2025 was related to loan growth in the quarter, combined with uncertainty regarding tariffs and trade. The provision in the fourth quarter of 2024, which included $200,000 for loans and $100,000 for unfunded loans commitments, was due to potential economic challenges resulting from the recent inflationary environment, changing monetary policy, and loan growth. We will continue to evaluate future provision needs in relation to current economic situations, loan growth, trends in asset quality, forecasted information, and other conditions influencing loss expectations.

    Noninterest Income

    Noninterest income totaled $5.3 million for the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $277,000, or 5.5%, compared to $5.0 million for the previous quarter. The increase was mainly due to higher brokerage income and a gain on equity securities, partially offset by lower mortgage loan income and Small Business Investment Company (“SBIC”) income.

    Brokerage income was $1.3 million for the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $401,000, or 43.4%, compared to $924,000 for the previous quarter. The higher income in the first quarter of 2025 was due to increased investing activity by clients. Assets under management were $1.14 billion as of March 31, 2025.

    Equity securities are an investment in a Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) mutual fund consisting primarily of bonds. The gain or loss on equity securities is a fair value adjustment primarily driven by changes in the interest rate environment. Due to the fluctuations in market rates between quarters, equity securities had a gain of $44,000 in the first quarter of 2025, compared to a loss of $91,000 for the previous quarter.

    Mortgage loan income totaled $530,000 for the first quarter of 2025, a decrease of $122,000, or 18.7%, compared to $652,000 for the previous quarter due to decreased purchase activity.

    SBIC income was $280,000 for the first quarter of 2025, a decrease of $66,000, or 19.1%, compared to $346,000 for the previous quarter. This decrease was primarily due to lower normal income received from these partnerships. We expect SBIC income to be lower in future quarters due to fund value fluctuations.

    Operating Expenses

    Operating expenses totaled $16.6 million for the first quarter of 2025, a decrease of $252,000, or 1.5%, compared to $16.8 million for the previous quarter. The decrease was mainly due to lower data processing expense and loan and deposit expense, partially offset by higher personnel expense.

    Data processing expense totaled $288,000 for the first quarter of 2025, a decrease of $393,000, or 57.7%, compared to $681,000 for the previous quarter. The decrease was attributable to receipt of a $447,000 periodic refund from our data processing center in the first quarter of 2025. This decrease was partially offset by new expenses and $14,000 of nonrecurring implementation fees related to online, mobile banking, and bill payment systems implemented in the first quarter of 2025.

    Loan and deposit expenses totaled $62,000 for the first quarter of 2025, a decrease of $272,000, or 81.4%, compared to $334,000 for the previous quarter. This decrease was primarily attributable to receipt of a $173,000 negotiated, variable rebate from a vendor in the first quarter of 2025.

    Personnel expenses totaled $10.0 million for the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $254,000, or 2.6%, compared to the previous quarter. This increase was primarily due to an increase in head count, restarting of payroll tax expense, and increased revenue-based commission compensation. As of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we had 375 and 369 total employees, respectively.

    Asset Overview

    As of March 31, 2025, assets were $3.19 billion, compared to assets of $3.15 billion as of December 31, 2024, an increase of $36.8 million, or 1.2%. In the first quarter, assets were mainly impacted by a $20.6 million, or 0.7%, increase in deposits. In the first quarter of 2024, liquid assets decreased $16.8 million, or 6.3%, to $252.2 million and averaged $275.9 million for the first quarter. As of March 31, 2025, we had sufficient liquid assets available and $1.66 billion accessible from other liquidity sources. The liquid assets to assets ratio was 7.91% as of March 31, 2025. Total securities increased $14.7 million, or 2.1%, to $699.5 million in the first quarter and were 22.0% of assets as of March 31, 2025. During the first quarter, loans HFI increased $39.7 million, or 1.9%, to $2.11 billion. The loans HFI to deposits ratio was 74.84% as of March 31, 2025, compared to 73.97% as of December 31, 2024.

    Securities

    Total securities as of March 31, 2025, were $699.5 million, an increase of $14.7 million, or 2.1%, from December 31, 2024. Securities increased mainly due to the purchase of new securities, combined with a smaller net unrealized loss on securities AFS.

    The estimated fair value of securities AFS totaled $566.9 million, net of $58.7 million of unrealized loss, as of March 31, 2025, compared to $550.1 million, net of $63.2 million of unrealized loss, as of December 31, 2024. As of March 31, 2025, the amortized cost of securities held-to-maturity (“HTM”) totaled $129.7 million compared to $131.8 million as of December 31, 2024. As of March 31, 2025, securities HTM had an unrealized loss of $21.8 million compared to $22.8 million as of December 31, 2024.

    As of March 31, 2025, equity securities, which is an investment in a CRA mutual fund consisting primarily of bonds, totaled $3.0 million compared to $2.9 million as of December 31, 2024.

    Loans

    Loans HFI as of March 31, 2025, were $2.11 billion, an increase of $39.7 million, or 1.9%, from $2.08 billion as of December 31, 2024. In the first quarter of 2025, we had steady new loan closing activity, combined with funding of loan construction commitments.

    Loans HFI by Category
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   Change from
    December 31, 2024 to
    March 31, 2025
    (dollars in thousands) Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   $ Change   % Change
    Real estate:                      
    Commercial real estate $ 892,205   42.2 %   $ 884,641   42.6 %   $ 7,564     0.9 %
    One-to-four family residential   617,679   29.2 %     614,551   29.6 %     3,128     0.5 %
    Construction and development   175,575   8.3 %     155,229   7.5 %     20,346     13.1 %
    Commercial and industrial   339,115   16.0 %     327,086   15.8 %     12,029     3.7 %
    Tax-exempt   61,722   2.9 %     64,930   3.1 %     (3,208 )   (4.9 %)
    Consumer   28,446   1.4 %     28,576   1.4 %     (130 )   (0.5 %)
    Total loans HFI $ 2,114,742   100.0 %   $ 2,075,013   100.0 %   $ 39,729     1.9 %

    Commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans are collateralized by owner occupied and non-owner occupied properties mainly in Louisiana. Non-owner occupied office loans were $54.2 million, or 2.6% of loans HFI, as of March 31, 2025, and are primarily centered in low-rise suburban areas. The average CRE loan size was $970,000 as of March 31, 2025.

    Health care loans are our largest industry concentration and are made up of a diversified portfolio of health care providers. As of March 31, 2025, total health care loans were 8.0% of loans HFI. Within the health care sector, loans to nursing and residential care facilities were 4.2% of loans HFI, and loans to physician and dental practices were 3.4% of loans HFI. The average health care loan size was $370,000 as of March 31, 2025.

    Asset Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses

    NPAs totaled $5.2 million as of March 31, 2025, an increase of $1.9 million, or 58.6%, from December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to a past due loan, partially offset by payoffs and charge-offs of nonaccrual loans. As of early April 2025, the past due loan was brought current by the customer, and NPAs were further reduced by receiving principal payments on two legacy nonaccrual loans. The ratio of NPAs to assets was 0.16% and 0.10% as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

    As of March 31, 2025, the ACL was $21.8 million. The ratio of ACL to loans HFI was 1.03% as of March 31, 2025 and 1.05% as of December 31, 2024. The net charge-offs to average loans ratio was 0.02% for the first quarter of 2025 and 0.01% for the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Deposits

    As of March 31, 2025, deposits were $2.83 billion, an increase of $20.6 million, or 0.7%, compared to December 31, 2024. Average deposits for the first quarter of 2025 were $2.82 billion, an increase of $36.2 million, or 1.3%, from the prior quarter. The following tables provide details on our deposit portfolio:

    Deposits by Account Type
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   Change from
    December 31, 2024 to
    March 31, 2025
    (dollars in thousands) Balance   % of Total   Balance   % of Total   $ Change   % Change
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $ 906,540   32.1 %   $ 866,496   30.9 %   $ 40,044     4.6 %
    Interest-bearing deposits:                      
    Interest-bearing demand deposits   147,343   5.2 %     154,720   5.5 %     (7,377 )   (4.8 %)
    NOW accounts   432,054   15.3 %     467,118   16.7 %     (35,064 )   (7.5 %)
    Money market accounts   569,613   20.2 %     556,769   19.8 %     12,844     2.3 %
    Savings accounts   175,239   6.2 %     169,894   6.1 %     5,345     3.1 %
    Time deposits less than or equal to $250,000   403,354   14.2 %     403,096   14.3 %     258     0.1 %
    Time deposits greater than $250,000   191,533   6.8 %     187,013   6.7 %     4,520     2.4 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   1,919,136   67.9 %     1,938,610   69.1 %     (19,474 )   (1.0 %)
    Total deposits $ 2,825,676   100.0 %   $ 2,805,106   100.0 %   $ 20,570     0.7 %
    Deposits by Customer Type
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   Change from
    December 31, 2024 to
    March 31, 2025
    (dollars in thousands) Balance   % of Total   Balance   % of Total   $ Change   % Change
    Consumer $ 1,388,944   49.1 %   $ 1,362,740   48.6 %   $ 26,204     1.9 %
    Commercial   1,200,367   42.5 %     1,178,488   42.0 %     21,879     1.9 %
    Public   236,365   8.4 %     263,878   9.4 %     (27,513 )   (10.4 %)
    Total deposits $ 2,825,676   100.0 %   $ 2,805,106   100.0 %   $ 20,570     0.7 %

    The increase in deposits in the first quarter of 2025 was mainly due to higher balances in consumer and commercial customer deposit accounts, partially offset by the seasonal outflow of funds from public entity customers.

    The Bank has a granular, diverse deposit portfolio with customers in a variety of industries throughout Louisiana. As of March 31, 2025, the average deposit account size was approximately $28,000.

    As of March 31, 2025, our estimated uninsured deposits, which are the portion of deposit accounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000), were approximately $875.2 million, or 31.0% of total deposits. This amount was estimated based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting purposes. Also, as of March 31, 2025, our estimated uninsured deposits, excluding collateralized public entity deposits, were approximately $689.6 million, or 24.4% of total deposits. Our cash and cash equivalents of $252.2 million, combined with our available borrowing capacity of $1.66 billion, equaled 218.4% of our estimated uninsured deposits and 277.1% of our estimated uninsured deposits, excluding collateralized public entity deposits.

    Stockholders’ Equity

    Total stockholders’ equity as of March 31, 2025, was $333.3 million compared to $319.7 million as of December 31, 2024. The $13.6 million, or 4.2%, increase in stockholders’ equity during the first quarter of 2025 was attributable to $10.4 million of net income, a $3.9 million, net of tax, market adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive loss related to securities, and $149,000 of stock compensation, partially offset by $813,000 in cash dividends related to a $0.12 per share cash dividend that we paid on March 20, 2025.

    Non-GAAP Disclosure

    Our accounting and reporting policies conform to United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and the prevailing practices in the banking industry. Certain financial measures used by management to evaluate our operating performance are discussed as supplemental non-GAAP performance measures. In accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) rules, we classify a financial measure as being a non-GAAP financial measure if that financial measure excludes or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding or including amounts, that are included or excluded, as the case may be, in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time in the U.S.

    Management and the board of directors review tangible book value per share, tangible common equity to tangible assets, and realized book value per share as part of managing operating performance. However, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner we calculate the non-GAAP financial measures that are discussed may differ from that of other companies’ reporting measures with similar names. It is important to understand how such other banking organizations calculate and name their financial measures similar to the non-GAAP financial measures discussed by us when comparing such non-GAAP financial measures.

    A reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial measures is included within the following financial statement tables.

    About Red River Bancshares, Inc.

    Red River Bancshares, Inc. is the bank holding company for Red River Bank, a Louisiana state-chartered bank established in 1999 that provides a fully integrated suite of banking products and services tailored to the needs of our commercial and retail customers. Red River Bank operates from a network of 28 banking centers throughout Louisiana and one combined loan and deposit production office in New Orleans, Louisiana. Banking centers are located in the following Louisiana markets: Central, which includes the Alexandria metropolitan statistical area (“MSA”); Northwest, which includes the Shreveport-Bossier City MSA; Capital, which includes the Baton Rouge MSA; Southwest, which includes the Lake Charles MSA; the Northshore, which includes Covington; Acadiana, which includes the Lafayette MSA; and New Orleans.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Statements in this news release regarding our expectations and beliefs about our future financial performance and financial condition, as well as trends in our business, interest rates, and markets, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements often include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “project,” “outlook,” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” or “may.” The forward-looking statements in this news release are based on current information and on assumptions that we make about future events and circumstances that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that are often difficult to predict and beyond our control. As a result of those risks and uncertainties, our actual financial results in the future could differ, possibly materially, from those expressed in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this news release and could cause us to make changes to our future plans. Additional information regarding these and other risks and uncertainties to which our business and future financial performance are subject is contained in the section titled “Risk Factors” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and any subsequent quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and in other documents that we file with the SEC from time to time. In addition, our actual financial results in the future may differ from those currently expected due to additional risks and uncertainties of which we are not currently aware or which we do not currently view as, but in the future may become, material to our business or operating results. Due to these and other possible uncertainties and risks, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this news release or to make predictions based solely on historical financial performance. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law. All forward-looking statements, express or implied, included in this news release are qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement.

    Contact:
    Isabel V. Carriere, CPA, CGMA
    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Assistant Corporate Secretary
    318-561-4023
    icarriere@redriverbank.net

    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (UNAUDITED)
     
        As of and for the
    Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)   March 31,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024    		   March 31,
    2024
    Net Income   $ 10,352     $ 9,306     $ 8,188  
                 
    Per Common Share Data:            
    Earnings per share, basic   $ 1.53     $ 1.37     $ 1.16  
    Earnings per share, diluted   $ 1.52     $ 1.37     $ 1.16  
    Book value per share   $ 49.18     $ 47.18     $ 43.43  
    Tangible book value per share (1)   $ 48.95     $ 46.95     $ 43.20  
    Realized book value per share (1)   $ 57.49     $ 56.07     $ 52.52  
    Cash dividends per share   $ 0.12     $ 0.09     $ 0.09  
    Shares outstanding     6,777,657       6,777,238       6,892,448  
    Weighted average shares outstanding, basic     6,777,332       6,797,469       7,050,048  
    Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted     6,796,707       6,816,299       7,066,709  
                 
    Summary Performance Ratios:            
    Return on average assets     1.32 %     1.18 %     1.07 %
    Return on average equity     12.85 %     11.46 %     10.77 %
    Net interest margin     3.17 %     3.04 %     2.80 %
    Net interest margin FTE     3.22 %     3.09 %     2.83 %
    Efficiency ratio     55.51 %     58.71 %     60.37 %
    Loans HFI to deposits ratio     74.84 %     73.97 %     74.22 %
    Noninterest-bearing deposits to deposits ratio     32.08 %     30.89 %     32.61 %
    Noninterest income to average assets     0.67 %     0.63 %     0.64 %
    Operating expense to average assets     2.12 %     2.14 %     2.07 %
                 
    Summary Credit Quality Ratios:            
    NPAs to assets     0.16 %     0.10 %     0.08 %
    Nonperforming loans to loans HFI     0.24 %     0.16 %     0.12 %
    ACL to loans HFI     1.03 %     1.05 %     1.06 %
    Net charge-offs to average loans     0.02 %     0.01 %     0.00 %
                 
    Capital Ratios:            
    Stockholders’ equity to assets     10.46 %     10.15 %     9.74 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets(1)     10.42 %     10.11 %     9.69 %
    Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets     18.25 %     18.13 %     17.84 %
    Tier I risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets     17.25 %     17.12 %     16.82 %
    Common equity Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets     17.25 %     17.12 %     16.82 %
    Tier I risk-based capital to average assets     12.01 %     11.86 %     11.44 %

    (1) Non-GAAP financial measure. Calculations of this measure and reconciliations to GAAP are included in the schedules accompanying this release.

    RED RIVER BANCSHARES, INC.
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
     
    (in thousands) March 31,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024    		   September 30,
    2024    		   June 30,
    2024    		   March 31,
    2024
    ASSETS                  
    Cash and due from banks $ 36,438     $ 30,558     $ 39,664     $ 35,035     $ 19,401  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks   215,717       238,417       192,983       178,038       210,404  
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   566,874       550,148       560,555       526,890       545,967  
    Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost   129,686       131,796       134,145       136,824       139,328  
    Equity securities, at fair value   2,981       2,937       3,028       2,921       2,934  
    Nonmarketable equity securities   2,349       2,328       2,305       2,283       2,261  
    Loans held for sale   2,178       2,547       1,805       3,878       1,653  
    Loans held for investment   2,114,742       2,075,013       2,056,048       2,047,890       2,038,072  
    Allowance for credit losses   (21,835 )     (21,731 )     (21,757 )     (21,627 )     (21,564 )
    Premises and equipment, net   59,034       59,441       57,661       57,910       57,539  
    Accrued interest receivable   10,553       10,048       9,465       9,570       9,995  
    Bank-owned life insurance   30,593       30,380       30,164       29,947       29,731  
    Intangible assets   1,546       1,546       1,546       1,546       1,546  
    Right-of-use assets   2,611       2,733       2,853       2,973       3,091  
    Other assets   32,965       33,433       31,285       34,450       32,940  
    Total Assets $ 3,186,432     $ 3,149,594     $ 3,101,750     $ 3,048,528     $ 3,073,298  
    LIABILITIES                  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits $ 906,540     $ 866,496     $ 882,394     $ 892,942     $ 895,439  
    Interest-bearing deposits   1,919,136       1,938,610       1,864,731       1,823,704       1,850,452  
    Total Deposits   2,825,676       2,805,106       2,747,125       2,716,646       2,745,891  
    Accrued interest payable   6,463       7,583       11,751       8,747       8,959  
    Lease liabilities   2,739       2,864       2,982       3,100       3,215  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   18,238       14,302       15,574       13,045       15,919  
    Total Liabilities   2,853,116       2,829,855       2,777,432       2,741,538       2,773,984  
    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES   —       —       —       —       —  
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                  
    Preferred stock, no par value   —       —       —       —       —  
    Common stock, no par value   38,710       38,655       41,402       44,413       45,177  
    Additional paid-in capital   2,871       2,777       2,682       2,590       2,485  
    Retained earnings   348,093       338,554       329,858       321,719       314,352  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (56,358 )     (60,247 )     (49,624 )     (61,732 )     (62,700 )
    Total Stockholders’ Equity   333,316       319,739       324,318       306,990       299,314  
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $ 3,186,432     $ 3,149,594     $ 3,101,750     $ 3,048,528     $ 3,073,298  
    RED RIVER BANCSHARES, INC.  
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)  
                   
        For the Three Months Ended  
    (in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
    		   December 31,
    2024
    		   March 31,
    2024
    		  
                           
    INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME              
    Interest and fees on loans   $ 28,270   $ 28,285     $ 25,893    
    Interest on securities     4,856     4,623       4,064    
    Interest on deposits in other banks     2,661     2,699       3,039    
    Dividends on stock     21     23       22    
    Total Interest and Dividend Income     35,808     35,630       33,018    
    INTEREST EXPENSE              
    Interest on deposits     11,198     11,943       11,655    
    Interest on other borrowed funds     —     —       —    
    Total Interest Expense     11,198     11,943       11,655    
    Net Interest Income     24,610     23,687       21,363    
    Provision for credit losses     450     300       300    
    Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses     24,160     23,387       21,063    
    NONINTEREST INCOME              
    Service charges on deposit accounts     1,383     1,452       1,368    
    Debit card income, net     992     960       1,022    
    Mortgage loan income     530     652       456    
    Brokerage income     1,325     924       987    
    Loan and deposit income     459     463       492    
    Bank-owned life insurance income     213     216       202    
    Gain (Loss) on equity securities     44     (91 )     (31 )  
    SBIC income     280     346       352    
    Other income (loss)     46     73       80    
    Total Noninterest Income     5,272     4,995       4,928    
    OPERATING EXPENSES              
    Personnel expenses     10,023     9,769       9,550    
    Occupancy and equipment expenses     1,794     1,716       1,616    
    Technology expenses     835     884       709    
    Advertising     333     313       337    
    Other business development expenses     558     486       475    
    Data processing expense     288     681       347    
    Other taxes     612     547       737    
    Loan and deposit expenses     62     334       (42 )  
    Legal and professional expenses     632     658       618    
    Regulatory assessment expenses     391     428       404    
    Other operating expenses     1,060     1,024       1,122    
    Total Operating Expenses     16,588     16,840       15,873    
    Income Before Income Tax Expense     12,844     11,542       10,118    
    Income tax expense     2,492     2,236       1,930    
    Net Income   $ 10,352   $ 9,306     $ 8,188    
    RED RIVER BANCSHARES, INC.
    NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN (UNAUDITED)
     
      For the Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    (dollars in thousands) Average Balance Outstanding   Interest
    Income/
    Expense    		   Average
    Yield/
    Rate    		   Average Balance Outstanding   Interest
    Income/
    Expense    		   Average
    Yield/
    Rate
    Assets                      
    Interest-earning assets:                      
    Loans(1,2) $ 2,089,712     $ 28,270   5.41 %   $ 2,072,858     $ 28,285   5.34 %
    Securities – taxable   559,752       3,871   2.77 %     555,622       3,636   2.62 %
    Securities – tax-exempt   189,729       985   2.08 %     190,470       987   2.07 %
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks   243,751       2,661   4.37 %     225,660       2,699   4.74 %
    Nonmarketable equity securities   2,330       21   3.56 %     2,307       23   3.99 %
    Total interest-earning assets   3,085,274     $ 35,808   4.64 %     3,046,917     $ 35,630   4.60 %
    Allowance for credit losses   (21,789 )             (21,824 )        
    Noninterest-earning assets   107,295               109,992          
    Total assets $ 3,170,780             $ 3,135,085          
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                      
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Interest-bearing transaction deposits $ 1,341,885     $ 5,641   1.70 %   $ 1,263,775     $ 5,658   1.78 %
    Time deposits   592,368       5,557   3.80 %     599,910       6,285   4.17 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   1,934,253       11,198   2.35 %     1,863,685       11,943   2.55 %
    Other borrowings   —       —   — %     —       —   — %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   1,934,253     $ 11,198   2.35 %     1,863,685     $ 11,943   2.55 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   884,484               918,804          
    Accrued interest and other liabilities   25,336               29,567          
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities   909,820               948,371          
    Stockholders’ equity   326,707               323,029          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 3,170,780             $ 3,135,085          
    Net interest income     $ 24,610           $ 23,687    
    Net interest spread         2.29 %           2.05 %
    Net interest margin         3.17 %           3.04 %
    Net interest margin FTE(3)         3.22 %           3.09 %
    Cost of deposits         1.61 %           1.71 %
    Cost of funds         1.47 %           1.56 %

    (1) Includes average outstanding balances of loans held for sale of $2.6 million and $3.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.
    (2) Nonaccrual loans are included as loans carrying a zero yield.
    (3) Net interest margin FTE includes an FTE adjustment using a 21.0% federal income tax rate on tax-exempt securities and tax-exempt loans.

    RED RIVER BANCSHARES, INC.
    NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN (UNAUDITED)
     
      For the Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024
    (dollars in thousands) Average Balance Outstanding   Interest
    Income/
    Expense    		   Average
    Yield/
    Rate    		   Average Balance Outstanding   Interest
    Income/
    Expense    		   Average
    Yield/
    Rate
    Assets                      
    Interest-earning assets:                      
    Loans(1,2) $ 2,089,712     $ 28,270   5.41 %   $ 2,015,063     $ 25,893   5.09 %
    Securities – taxable   559,752       3,871   2.77 %     569,600       3,048   2.14 %
    Securities – tax-exempt   189,729       985   2.08 %     197,817       1,016   2.05 %
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks   243,751       2,661   4.37 %     224,301       3,039   5.42 %
    Nonmarketable equity securities   2,330       21   3.56 %     2,240       22   3.95 %
    Total interest-earning assets   3,085,274     $ 35,808   4.64 %     3,009,021     $ 33,018   4.35 %
    Allowance for credit losses   (21,789 )             (21,402 )        
    Noninterest-earning assets   107,295               100,486          
    Total assets $ 3,170,780             $ 3,088,105          
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                      
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Interest-bearing transaction deposits $ 1,341,885     $ 5,641   1.70 %   $ 1,261,361     $ 5,680   1.81 %
    Time deposits   592,368       5,557   3.80 %     582,847       5,975   4.12 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   1,934,253       11,198   2.35 %     1,844,208       11,655   2.54 %
    Other borrowings   —       —   — %     —       —   — %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   1,934,253     $ 11,198   2.35 %     1,844,208     $ 11,655   2.54 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   884,484               913,114          
    Accrued interest and other liabilities   25,336               25,055          
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities   909,820               938,169          
    Stockholders’ equity   326,707               305,728          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 3,170,780             $ 3,088,105          
    Net interest income     $ 24,610           $ 21,363    
    Net interest spread         2.29 %           1.81 %
    Net interest margin         3.17 %           2.80 %
    Net interest margin FTE(3)         3.22 %           2.83 %
    Cost of deposits         1.61 %           1.70 %
    Cost of funds         1.47 %           1.56 %

    (1) Includes average outstanding balances of loans held for sale of $2.6 million and $2.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
    (2) Nonaccrual loans are included as loans carrying a zero yield.
    (3) Net interest margin FTE includes an FTE adjustment using a 21.0% federal income tax rate on tax-exempt securities and tax-exempt loans.

    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (UNAUDITED)
     
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31,
    2025    		   December 31,
    2024    		   March 31,
    2024
    Tangible common equity          
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 333,316     $ 319,739     $ 299,314  
    Adjustments:          
    Intangible assets   (1,546 )     (1,546 )     (1,546 )
    Total tangible common equity (non-GAAP) $ 331,770     $ 318,193     $ 297,768  
    Realized common equity          
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 333,316     $ 319,739     $ 299,314  
    Adjustments:          
    Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss   56,358       60,247       62,700  
    Total realized common equity (non-GAAP) $ 389,674     $ 379,986     $ 362,014  
    Common shares outstanding   6,777,657       6,777,238       6,892,448  
    Book value per share $ 49.18     $ 47.18     $ 43.43  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) $ 48.95     $ 46.95     $ 43.20  
    Realized book value per share (non-GAAP) $ 57.49     $ 56.07     $ 52.52  
               
    Tangible assets          
    Total assets $ 3,186,432     $ 3,149,594     $ 3,073,298  
    Adjustments:          
    Intangible assets   (1,546 )     (1,546 )     (1,546 )
    Total tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 3,184,886     $ 3,148,048     $ 3,071,752  
    Total stockholders’ equity to assets   10.46 %     10.15 %     9.74 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)   10.42 %     10.11 %     9.69 %

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Sagtec Global Limited Achieves Strong Fiscal Year 2024 Performance with US$11.6 Million Revenue, Marking 78% Year-over-Year Growth

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    KUALA LUMPUR, Malaysia, April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Sagtec Global Limited (NASDAQ: SAGT) (“Sagtec” or the “Company”), a leading provider of customizable software solutions, today announced its audited financial results for the financial year ended December 31, 2024 (the “Financial Results”).

    • Sagtec achieves record high revenue of US$11.6 million, for fiscal year 2024, reflecting a record high 78% Year-over-Year (YoY) growth.
    • Gross profit surged 49% YoY to US$2.8 million, driven by substantial increases in revenue.
    • Revenue contribution from the Speed+ smart ordering and QR ordering system subscriptions nearly doubled to 23% in 2024, reflecting strong market adoption.
    • Software development services also saw steady growth, contributing 10% of total revenue in 2024.
    • The company is now delivering stronger margins as it moves toward a more scalable and sustainable business model.

    “We are proud to have reached this milestone despite ongoing macroeconomic uncertainties. This success is a testament to the resilience of our business model and the unwavering dedication of our team. Our strong financial results underscore the growing demand for our innovative solutions and the effectiveness of our strategic initiatives. With significant growth in both revenue and gross profit, we are well-positioned for continued success. Looking ahead to 2025, we are focused on accelerating our expansion into key regional markets, including Indonesia, Hong Kong, and other Southeast Asian countries. This momentum reinforces our commitment to delivering sustained value to our clients, shareholders, and stakeholders as we continue to scale our presence in the digital economy,” said Kevin Ng Lok, Chairman, Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer of Sagtec.

    FINANCIAL RESULTS

    Revenue was US$11.6 million for fiscal year 2024, representing a surge of 78% YoY from US$6.5 million for fiscal year 2023. The growth in revenue is primarily attributed to strong performance across all core verticals – both services provided and tangible products, driven by the expansion in markets.

    • Sagtec’s revenue from services surged by 122% to US$6.8 million for the fiscal year 2024, compared to US$3.1 million in fiscal year 2023. This increase was primarily driven by strong client retention through subscription renewals and the successful acquisition of new subscribers during the year.
    • The company’s revenue generated from tangible products grew by 50%, reaching US$4.8 million for fiscal year 2024, compared to US$3.2 million in fiscal year 2023. This growth was largely fueled by the increased distribution of food ordering kiosks with screens, in response to shifting market behaviors and significant labor shortages in the F&B industry. Additionally, rising revenue from power bank charging stations highlights the success of Sagtec’s expansion strategy via dealers and resellers.
    • Sagtec’s revenue generated from rentals declined significantly to zero in fiscal year 2024. This strategic shift reflects the company’s decision to move away from the rental service model – which involves a long return on investment – in favor of direct machine sales, with ongoing maintenance supported by third-party operators.
      For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31  
      2024   2023   Change  
      USD   USD   %  
    Revenue from services 6,857,639   3,093,276   122 %
    Revenue from tangible products 4,774,291   3,192,013   50 %
    Revenue from rentals –   146   -100 %
    Others –   264,459   -100 %
    Total Revenue 11,631,930   6,549,894   78 %
                 

    Other income for fiscal year 2024 was zero, showing a significant decrease of 100% compared to US$264 thousand in fiscal year 2023.

    EBITDA stood at US$2.1 million in fiscal year 2024, reflecting a 17.7% margin of revenue, with a significant increase of 60%, compared to US$1.3 million in fiscal year 2023. This growth was primarily driven by higher profits and the reduction of non-essential expenses.

    Net income for the fiscal year 2024 amounted to US$1.6 million, representing a US$0.6 million increase from a net income of US$1.0 million for the fiscal year 2023.

    Cost of Service was US$8.9 million for the financial year ended December 31, 2024 representing an increase of 89% from US$4.7 million for the financial year ended December 31, 2023.

    • Cost of sales from services increased by 140% to US$5.9 million for the fiscal year 2024, compared to US$2.5 million for the fiscal year 2023. The rise is primarily due to the increase of server capacity and proportional maintenance expenses due to the growth in the expanding subscriber base.
    • Expenses for tangible products increased by 37% from US$2.1 million for the financial year ended December 31, 2023, to US$2.9 million for the financial year ended December 31, 2023. The increase is driven by the consistent growth in operational costs.
    • Cost of sales from rentals edged up by 1%, from US$0.73 million in fiscal year 2023 to US$0.74 million in 2024. The slight increase was mainly due to the expansion of rental spaces to support operations and accommodate growing client demand.
      2024   2023   Change  
      USD   USD   %  
    Cost of Sales – Services 5,943,246   2,477,397   140 %
    Cost of Sales – Tangible Products 2,895,333   2,118,865   37 %
    Cost of Sales – Rental 73,695   73,002   1 %
    Total 8,912,274   4,722,794   89 %
                 

    The expenses for the director compensation increased by 26% from US$0.12 million for fiscal year 2023 to US$0.15 million for the fiscal year 2024. The increase was due to the company’s commitment to rewarding management leadership for driving growth and enhancing overall performance.

    Non-controlling interests increased to 16% to US$17 thousand in fiscal year 2024 from US$11 thousand in fiscal year 2023. The increase of non-controlling interests is driven by the increase of other income.

    Operating income increased to US$2.1 million in fiscal year 2024, reflecting an increase of 55% compared to US$1.3 million in fiscal year 2023. This substantial growth was driven by effective and efficient cost management, despite rising operating expenses. It also reflects strong revenue growth from both services (146%) and tangible products (40%).

    As a result of the above, net profit was US$1.6 million for the financial year ended December 31, 2024, compared to US$1.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

    Basic and diluted earnings per share was US$0.14 for the financial year ended December 31, 2024, compared to US$0.09 for the financial year ended December 2023, reflecting an increase of US$0.05 or 56%.

    CASH POSITION AND CAPITAL ALLOCATION

    Net cash generated from operating activities was US$1.3 million in fiscal year 2024, a significant increase of 134% from US$0.5 million in fiscal year 2023. This was primarily driven by net profit, adjustments for non-cash expenses, an increase in other receivables and prepayments, and a decrease in trade receivables.

    Net cash used in investing activities amounted to US$1.3 million in fiscal year 2024, representing a slight increase of 4% compared to US$1.2 million in fiscal year 2023. This increase was primarily driven by continued investment in plant and equipment.

    Net cash generated from financing activities declined to US$57 thousand in fiscal year 2024, reflecting a 92% decrease from US$788 thousand in fiscal year 2023. This decrease was primarily due to higher bank loan repayments and increased overdraft charges.

    Cash and cash equivalents stood at US$82 thousand as of December 31, 2024, marking a 254% increase compared to -US$52 thousand as of December 31, 2023. This figure includes cash on hand, bank balances, and cash held in share trading accounts. While the Company’s cash position improved significantly compared to the prior year, we continue to actively monitor and manage our liquidity position to ensure sufficient working capital to support operations and growth initiatives.

    About Sagtec Global Limited

    Sagtec is a leading provider of customizable software solutions, primarily serving the Food & Beverage (F&B) sector. The Company also offers software development, data management, and social media management to enhance operational efficiency across various industries. Additionally, Sagtec operates power-bank charging stations at 300 locations across Malaysia through its subsidiary, CL Technology (International) Sdn Bhd.

    For more information on the Company, please log on to https://www.sagtec-global.com/.

    Forward-Looking Statement

    This press release contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events or performance, and underlying assumptions and other statements that are other than statements of historical facts. When the Company uses words such as “may,” “will,” “intend,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project,” “estimate,” “continue” or similar expressions that do not relate solely to historical matters, it is making forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties that may cause the actual results to differ materially from the Company’s expectations discussed in the forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to uncertainties and risks including, but not limited to, the uncertainties related to market conditions and other risks contained in reports filed by the Company with the SEC. For these reasons, among others, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance upon any forward-looking statements in this press release. Additional factors are discussed in the Company’s filings with the SEC, which are available for review at www.sec.gov. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly revise these forward–looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date hereof.

    Contact Information:

    Sagtec Global Limited Contact:
    Ng Chen Lok
    Chairman, Executive Director & Chief Executive Officer
    Telephone +6011-6217 3661
    Email: info@sagtec-global.com

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Blue Foundry Bancorp Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    RUTHERFORD, N.J., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Blue Foundry Bancorp (NASDAQ:BLFY) (the “Company”), the holding company for Blue Foundry Bank (the “Bank”), today reported a net loss of $2.7 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to net loss of $2.7 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share, for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and a net loss of $2.8 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share, for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    James D. Nesci, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “We are pleased with the improvement experienced in yields on assets and cost of liabilities as both contributed to a 27 basis points increase in net interest margin. In addition, we continue to maintain our strong capital position, increasing tangible book value to $14.81 per share.”

    Mr. Nesci also noted, “Deposit growth continued in the first quarter, funding loan growth of $42 million. Increases in our commercial real estate and consumer portfolios drove loan growth during the quarter as we remain focused on growing our commercial portfolio, supplemented with consumer loan purchases. Credit quality remained strong with a non-performing asset to total asset ratio of 0.27% and our allowance for credit losses on loans at 81 basis points of our loan portfolio covers non-performing loans by 2.3 times.”

    Highlights for the first quarter of 2025:

    • Deposits increased $43.9 million to $1.39 billion and Loans increased $42.2 million to $1.63 billion compared to the linked quarter.
    • Uninsured deposits to third-party customers totaled approximately 11% of total deposits as of March 31, 2025.
    • Net interest margin increased 27 basis points from the linked quarter to 2.16%.
    • Interest income for the quarter was $22.7 million, an increase of $928 thousand, or 4.3%, compared to the linked quarter.
    • Interest expense for the quarter was $12.0 million, a decrease of $343 thousand, or 2.8%, compared to the linked quarter.
    • Provision for credit losses of $201 thousand was primarily due to the increase in the provision for loans attributed to the increase in the commercial real estate portfolio.
    • Book value per share was $14.82 and tangible book value per share was $14.81. See the “Supplemental Information – Non-GAAP Financial Measures” tables below for additional information regarding our non-GAAP measures.
    • 464,085 shares were repurchased under our share repurchase plans at a weighted average share price of $9.52 per share.

    Loans

    Loans increased by $42.2 million during the first three months of 2025. The Company continues to focus on diversifying its lending portfolio by growing its commercial portfolios. Additionally, we purchased unsecured consumer loans with credit reserves. These loans improved yields while having low exposure to credit loss. During the first three months of 2025, the consumer loan portfolio increased by $34.3 million as a result of these purchases. In addition, the commercial real estate portfolio increased by $28.5 million, of which $14.4 million was in owner-occupied properties and the construction portfolio increased by $7.3 million. The multifamily and residential portfolios decreased by $25.7 million and $5.5 million, respectively.

    The details of the loan portfolio are below:

        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024
        (In thousands)
    Residential   $ 512,793     $ 518,243     $ 516,754     $ 526,453     $ 540,427  
    Multifamily     645,399       671,116       666,304       671,185       671,011  
    Commercial real estate     288,151       259,633       241,711       241,867       244,207  
    Construction     92,813       85,546       80,081       71,882       63,052  
    Junior liens     26,902       25,422       24,174       23,653       22,052  
    Commercial and industrial     18,079       16,311       14,228       12,261       13,372  
    Consumer and other     41,518       7,211       7,731       83       56  
    Total loans     1,625,655       1,583,482       1,550,983       1,547,384       1,554,177  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses     13,152       12,965       13,012       13,027       13,749  
    Loans receivable, net   $ 1,612,503     $ 1,570,517     $ 1,537,971     $ 1,534,357     $ 1,540,428  


    Deposits

    As of March 31, 2025, deposits totaled $1.39 billion, an increase of $43.9 million, or 3.27%, from December 31, 2024, driven by increases of $28.8 million and $19.6 million in NOW and demand accounts and time deposits, respectively, partially offset by decreases in savings accounts of $3.6 million. The Company’s strategy is to focus on attracting the full banking relationship of small- to medium-sized businesses through an extensive suite of deposit products. While there is strong competition for deposits in the northern New Jersey market, we were able to increase core customer deposits during the quarter. Brokered deposits increased $50.0 million during the first quarter of 2025 as higher cost customer time deposits matured and were supplemented with brokered deposits.

    The details of deposits are below:

        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024
        (In thousands)
    Non-interest bearing deposits   $ 25,222     $ 26,001     $ 22,254     $ 24,733     $ 25,342  
    NOW and demand accounts     398,332       369,554       357,503       368,386       373,172  
    Savings     236,779       240,426       237,651       246,559       250,298  
    Core deposits     660,333       635,981       617,408       639,678       648,812  
    Time deposits     726,908       707,339       701,262       671,478       642,372  
    Total deposits   $ 1,387,241     $ 1,343,320     $ 1,318,670     $ 1,311,156     $ 1,291,184  


    Financial Performance Overview:

    First quarter of 2025 compared to the fourth quarter of 2024

    Net interest income compared to the fourth quarter of 2024:

    • Net interest income was $10.7 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $9.5 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 as interest earned on interest-earning assets increased and interest paid on time deposits decreased.
    • Net interest margin increased by 27 basis points to 2.16%.
    • The yield on average interest-earning assets increased 14 basis points to 4.51%, while the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities decreased eight basis points to 2.89%.
    • Average interest-earning assets increased by $22.7 million and average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $30.3 million.

    Non-interest expense compared to the fourth quarter of 2024:

    • Non-interest expense increased $748 thousand primarily driven by an increase of $895 thousand in compensation and benefits expenses due to normal salary increases and a reset of variable compensation accruals. Variable compensation, achieved at less than target in 2024, was reset at the start of 2025. In addition, an increase of $109 thousand in occupancy and equipment was largely due to snow removal expenses in the first quarter partially offset by decreases in furniture and equipment expense. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $174 thousand in other expenses.

    Income tax expense compared to the fourth quarter of 2024:

    • The Company did not record a tax benefit for the losses incurred during the first quarter of 2025 and the fourth quarter of 2024 due to the full valuation allowance required on its deferred tax assets.
    • The Company’s current tax position reflects the previously established full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets. At March 31, 2025, the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets was $25.4 million.

    First quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2024

    Net interest income compared to the first quarter of 2024:

    • Net interest income was $10.7 million for the first three months of 2025 compared to $9.4 million for the same period in 2024. The increase was largely due to increases in interest earned on interest-earning assets and lower interest costs on time deposits.
    • Net interest margin increased by 24 basis points to 2.16%.
    • The yield on average interest-earning assets increased 26 basis points to 4.51%, partially offset by a three basis point increase in the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
    • Average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $44.3 million and $70.2 million, respectively. Average loans drove the growth in interest-earning assets, with an increase of $45.7 million. Average interest-bearing deposits increased by $96.6 million, while average FHLB advances decreased by $26.5 million.

    Non-interest expense compared to the first quarter of 2024:

    • Non-interest expense was $13.6 million for the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $387 thousand driven by increases of $289 thousand, $111 thousand and $100 thousand in compensation and benefits expenses, occupancy and equipment expenses and data processing, respectively.

    Income tax expense compared to the first quarter of 2024:

    • The Company did not record a tax benefit for the losses incurred during the first quarters of 2025 and 2024 due to the full valuation allowance required on its deferred tax assets.
    • The Company’s current tax position reflects the previously established full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets. At March 31, 2025, the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets was $25.4 million.

    Balance Sheet Summary:

    March 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024

    Cash and cash equivalents:

    • Cash and cash equivalents increased $3.7 million to $46.2 million.

    Securities available-for-sale:

    • Securities available-for-sale decreased $10.4 million to $286.6 million due to maturities, calls and pay downs offset by a decrease in unrealized losses of $4.1 million.

    Securities held-to-maturity

    • Securities held-to-maturity decreased $1.0 million due to pay downs in the portfolio.

    Total loans:

    • Total loans held for investment increased $42.2 million to $1.63 billion.
    • Consumer, commercial real estate and construction loans increased $34.3 million, $28.5 million, and $7.3 million, respectively. Partially offsetting these increases were decreases in multifamily loans of $25.7 million and residential loans of $5.5 million.
    • During the first quarter, the Company purchased consumer and residential loans totaling $35.0 million and $6.6 million, respectively.

    Deposits:

    • Deposits increased $43.9 million from December 31, 2024 to $1.39 billion at March 31, 2025. This was largely the result of a $28.8 million increase in NOW and demand accounts and a $19.6 million increase in certificates of deposits.
    • Core deposits (defined as non-interest bearing checking, NOW and demand accounts and savings accounts) represented 47.6% of total deposits, compared to 47.3% at December 31, 2024.
    • Brokered deposits totaled $205.0 million and $155.0 million at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The increase in brokered deposits supplemented the reduction in retail time deposits.
    • Uninsured and uncollateralized deposits to third-party customers were $159.8 million, or 11% of total deposits, at the end of the first quarter.

    Borrowings:

    • FHLB borrowings decreased $5.5 million to $334.0 million.
    • As of March 31, 2025, the Company had $275.6 million of additional borrowing capacity at the FHLB, $107.5 million in secured lines at the Federal Reserve Bank and $30.0 million of other unsecured lines of credit.

    Capital:

    • Shareholders’ equity decreased $5.5 million to $326.7 million. The decrease was primarily driven by the repurchase of shares, including shares netted for income tax withholding on vested equity awards, at a cost of $4.8 million. Additionally, the year-to-date loss, partially offset by favorable changes in accumulated other comprehensive income, contributed to the decrease in shareholders’ equity.
    • Tangible equity to tangible assets was 15.61% and tangible common equity per share outstanding was $14.81. See the “Supplemental Information – Non-GAAP Financial Measures” tables below for additional information regarding our non-GAAP measures.
    • The Bank’s capital ratios remain above the FDIC’s “well capitalized” standards.

    Asset quality:

    • As of March 31, 2025, the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) on loans as a percentage of gross loans was 0.81%.
    • The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $201 thousand for the first quarter of 2025. For the first quarter of 2025, there was a provision of $203 thousand in the ACL for loans, offset by a release of $1 thousand in the ACL for both off-balance-sheet commitments and held-to-maturity securities. The provision was primarily driven by the increase in loan balances and the shift in composition of the portfolio.
    • Non-performing loans totaled $5.7 million, or 0.35% of total loans compared to $5.1 million, or 0.33% of total loans at December 31, 2024.
    • Net charge-offs were $16 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2025.
    • The ratio of allowance for credit losses on loans to non-performing loans was 229.81% at March 31, 2025 compared to 254.02% at December 31, 2024.

    About Blue Foundry

    Blue Foundry Bancorp is the holding company for Blue Foundry Bank, a place where things are made, purpose is formed, and ideas are crafted. Headquartered in Rutherford NJ, with a presence in Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Middlesex, Morris, Passaic, Somerset and Union counties, Blue Foundry Bank is a full-service, innovative bank serving the doers, movers, and shakers in our communities. We offer individuals and businesses alike the tailored products and services they need to build their futures. With a rich history dating back more than 145 years, Blue Foundry Bank has a longstanding commitment to its customers and communities. To learn more about Blue Foundry Bank visit BlueFoundryBank.com or call (888) 931-BLUE. Member FDIC.

    Conference Call Information

    A conference call covering Blue Foundry’s first quarter 2025 earnings announcement will be held today, Wednesday, April 30, 2025 at 11:00 a.m. (EDT). To listen to the live call, please dial 1-833-470-1428 (toll free) or +1-404-975-4839 (international) and use access code 556514. The webcast (audio only) will be available on ir.bluefoundrybank.com. The conference call will be recorded and will be available on the Company’s website for one month.

    Contact:
    James D. Nesci
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    BlueFoundryBank.com
    jnesci@bluefoundrybank.com
    201-972-8900

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Certain statements contained herein are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements, which are based on certain current assumptions and describe our future plans, strategies and expectations, can generally be identified by the use of the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “plan,” “potential,” “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “target” and similar expressions.

    Forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements: inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, the fair value of financial instruments or our level of loan originations, or increase in the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans we have made and make; general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected, including potential recessionary conditions, the imposition of tariffs or other domestic or international governmental policies; including potential recessionary conditions, the imposition of tariffs or other domestic or international governmental policies; changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses; our ability to access cost-effective funding; fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions; demand for loans and deposits in our market area; our ability to implement and change our business strategies; competition among depository and other financial institutions; adverse changes in the securities or secondary mortgage markets; changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees, capital requirements and insurance premiums; changes in monetary or fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board; changes in the quality or composition of our loan or investment portfolios; technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected; a failure or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, including cyber-attacks; the inability of third party providers to perform as expected; our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk in the current economic environment; changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; our ability to retain key employees; the current or anticipated impact of military conflict, terrorism or other geopolitical events; the ability of the U.S. Government to manage federal debt limits; and changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

    Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law or regulation, we do not undertake, and we specifically disclaim any obligation, to release publicly the results of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of the statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

     
    BLUE FOUNDRY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
     
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
        (unaudited)   (audited)   (unaudited)
        (Dollars in Thousands)
    ASSETS            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 46,220     $ 42,502     $ 53,753  
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value     286,620       297,028       265,191  
    Securities held to maturity     32,038       33,076       33,217  
    Other investments     17,605       17,791       17,908  
    Loans, net     1,612,503       1,570,517       1,540,428  
    Real estate owned, net     —       —       593  
    Interest and dividends receivable     8,746       8,014       8,001  
    Premises and equipment, net     28,805       29,486       31,696  
    Right-of-use assets     22,778       23,470       24,454  
    Bank owned life insurance     22,638       22,519       22,153  
    Other assets     14,253       16,280       30,393  
    Total assets   $ 2,092,206     $ 2,060,683     $ 2,027,787  
                 
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
    Liabilities            
    Deposits   $ 1,387,241     $ 1,343,320     $ 1,291,184  
    Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank     334,000       339,500       342,500  
    Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance     9,743       9,356       9,368  
    Lease liabilities     24,490       25,168       26,081  
    Other liabilities     10,069       11,141       8,498  
    Total liabilities     1,765,543       1,728,485       1,677,631  
    Shareholders’ equity     326,663       332,198       350,156  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,092,206     $ 2,060,683     $ 2,027,787  
    BLUE FOUNDRY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Data) (Unaudited)
     
        Three months ended
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest income:            
    Loans   $ 18,892     $ 17,777     $ 17,192  
    Taxable investment income     3,785       3,972       3,614  
    Non-taxable investment income     36       36       36  
    Total interest income     22,713       21,785       20,842  
    Interest expense:            
    Deposits     9,026       9,573       8,413  
    Borrowed funds     2,943       2,739       3,012  
    Total interest expense     11,969       12,312       11,425  
    Net interest income     10,744       9,473       9,417  
    Provision for (release of) credit losses     201       (301 )     (535 )
    Net interest income after provision for (release of) credit losses     10,543       9,774       9,952  
    Non-interest income:            
    Fees and service charges     243       306       329  
    Gain on sale of loans     —       —       36  
    Other income     151       114       86  
    Total non-interest income     394       420       451  
    Non-interest expense:            
    Compensation and employee benefits     7,838       6,943       7,549  
    Occupancy and equipment     2,303       2,194       2,192  
    Data processing     1,487       1,514       1,387  
    Advertising     67       81       72  
    Professional services     699       737       730  
    Federal deposit insurance     223       226       199  
    Other     1,012       1,186       1,113  
    Total non-interest expense     13,629       12,881       13,242  
    Loss before income tax expense     (2,692 )     (2,687 )     (2,839 )
    Income tax expense     —       —       —  
    Net loss   $ (2,692 )   $ (2,687 )   $ (2,839 )
    Basic loss per share   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.13 )
    Diluted loss per share   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.13 )
    Weighted average shares outstanding            
    Basic     20,404,941       20,826,845       22,095,260  
    Diluted (1)     20,404,941       20,826,845       22,095,260  
    (1) The assumed vesting of outstanding restricted stock units had an anti-dilutive effect on diluted earnings per share due to the Company’s net loss for the 2025 and 2024 periods.
    BLUE FOUNDRY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Data) (Unaudited)
     
        Three months ended
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Performance Ratios (%):                    
    Loss on average assets     (0.53 )     (0.52 )     (0.79 )     (0.47 )     (0.56 )
    Loss on average equity     (3.29 )     (3.17 )     (4.68 )     (2.71 )     (3.23 )
    Interest rate spread (1)     1.62       1.40       1.29       1.43       1.40  
    Net interest margin (2)     2.16       1.89       1.82       1.96       1.92  
    Efficiency ratio (3) (4)     122.36       130.20       140.04       130.73       134.19  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     120.01       120.84       121.37       122.28       122.50  
    Tangible equity to tangible assets (4)     15.61       16.11       16.50       16.88       17.25  
    Book value per share (5)   $ 14.82     $ 14.75     $ 14.76     $ 14.70     $ 14.61  
    Tangible book value per share (4) (5)   $ 14.81     $ 14.74     $ 14.74     $ 14.69     $ 14.60  
                         
    Asset Quality:                    
    Non-performing loans   $ 5,723     $ 5,104     $ 5,146     $ 6,208     $ 6,691  
    Real estate owned, net     —       —       —       —       593  
    Non-performing assets   $ 5,723     $ 5,104     $ 5,146     $ 6,208     $ 7,284  
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans (%)     0.81       0.83       0.84       0.84       0.88  
    Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans (%)     229.81       254.02       252.86       209.84       205.48  
    Non-performing loans to total loans (%)     0.35       0.33       0.33       0.40       0.43  
    Non-performing assets to total assets (%)     0.27       0.25       0.25       0.30       0.36  
    Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the period (%)     —       —       —       —       —  
    (1) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (2) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (3) Efficiency ratio represents adjusted non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income plus non-interest income.
    (4) See the “Supplemental Information – Non-GAAP Financial Measures” tables below for additional information regarding our non-GAAP measures.
    (5) March 31, 2025 per share metrics computed using 22,047,649 total shares outstanding.
    BLUE FOUNDRY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    Analysis of Net Interest Income
    (Dollars in Thousands) (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended,
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
        Average Balance   Interest   Average Yield/Cost   Average Balance   Interest   Average Yield/Cost   Average Balance   Interest   Average Yield/Cost
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Assets:                                    
    Loans (1)   $ 1,601,262   $ 18,892   4.72 %   $ 1,557,342   $ 17,777   4.57 %   $ 1,555,534   $ 17,192   4.45 %
    Mortgage-backed securities     189,820     1,323   2.79 %     185,382     1,254   2.71 %     160,349     876   2.20 %
    Other investment securities     163,590     1,689   4.13 %     164,392     1,573   3.83 %     183,717     1,652   3.62 %
    FHLB stock     17,680     399   9.02 %     17,153     411   9.58 %     20,123     492   9.83 %
    Cash and cash equivalents     43,195     410   3.80 %     68,536     770   4.50 %     51,561     630   4.92 %
    Total interest-earning assets     2,015,547     22,713   4.51 %     1,992,805     21,785   4.37 %     1,971,284     20,842   4.25 %
    Non-interest earning assets     61,518             61,586             59,357        
    Total assets   $ 2,077,065           $ 2,054,391           $ 2,030,641        
    Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:                                    
    NOW, savings, and money market deposits   $ 619,234     2,031   1.33 %   $ 614,623     1,988   1.29 %   $ 616,169     1,937   1.26 %
    Time deposits     712,796     6,995   3.98 %     698,801     7,585   4.32 %     619,220     6,476   4.21 %
    Interest-bearing deposits     1,332,030     9,026   2.75 %     1,313,424     9,573   2.90 %     1,235,389     8,413   2.74 %
    FHLB advances     347,394     2,943   3.39 %     335,686     2,739   3.26 %     373,874     3,012   3.24 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,679,424     11,969   2.89 %     1,649,110     12,312   2.97 %     1,609,263     11,425   2.86 %
    Non-interest bearing deposits     25,411             24,945             26,491        
    Non-interest bearing other     40,679             43,016             41,569        
    Total liabilities     1,745,514             1,717,071             1,677,323        
    Total shareholders’ equity     331,551             337,320             353,318        
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,077,065           $ 2,054,391           $ 2,030,641        
    Net interest income       $ 10,744           $ 9,473           $ 9,417    
    Net interest rate spread (2)           1.62 %           1.40 %           1.39 %
    Net interest margin (3)           2.16 %           1.89 %           1.92 %
    (1) Average loan balances are net of deferred loan fees and costs, premiums and discounts and include non-accrual loans.
    (2) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    BLUE FOUNDRY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    Supplemental Information – Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (Unaudited)

    This press release contains certain supplemental financial information, described in the table below, which has been determined by methods other than U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) that management uses in its analysis of Blue Foundry’s performance. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding Blue Foundry’s financial results. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered a substitute for GAAP basis measures and results and Blue Foundry strongly encourages investors to review its consolidated financial statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. Because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names.

    Net income, as presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, includes the provision for credit losses and income tax expense, while pre-provision net revenue does not.

        Three months ended
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   March 31, 2024
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    Pre-provision net revenue and efficiency ratio:                        
    Net interest income   $ 10,744     $ 9,473     $ 9,087     $ 9,573     $ 9,417  
    Other income     394       420       387       536       451  
    Total revenue     11,138       9,893       9,474       10,109       9,868  
    Operating expenses     13,629       12,881       13,267       13,215       13,242  
    Pre-provision net loss   $ (2,491 )   $ (2,988 )   $ (3,793 )   $ (3,106 )   $ (3,374 )
    Efficiency ratio     122.4 %     130.2 %     140.0 %     130.7 %     134.2 %
                         
    Core deposits:                    
    Total deposits   $ 1,387,241     $ 1,343,320     $ 1,318,670     $ 1,311,156     $ 1,291,184  
    Less: time deposits     726,908       707,339       701,262       671,478       642,372  
    Core deposits   $ 660,333     $ 635,981     $ 617,408     $ 639,678     $ 648,812  
    Core deposits to total deposits     47.6 %     47.3 %     46.8 %     48.8 %     50.2 %
                         
    Total assets   $ 2,092,206     $ 2,060,683     $ 2,055,093     $ 2,045,452     $ 2,027,787  
    Less: intangible assets     189       244       300       386       473  
    Tangible assets   $ 2,092,017     $ 2,060,439     $ 2,054,793     $ 2,045,066     $ 2,027,314  
                         
    Tangible equity:                    
    Shareholders’ equity   $ 326,663     $ 332,198     $ 339,299     $ 345,597     $ 350,156  
    Less: intangible assets     189       244       300       386       473  
    Tangible equity   $ 326,474     $ 331,954     $ 338,999     $ 345,211     $ 349,683  
                         
    Tangible equity to tangible assets     15.61 %     16.11 %     16.50 %     16.88 %     17.25 %
                         
    Tangible book value per share:                    
    Tangible equity   $ 326,474     $ 331,954     $ 338,999     $ 345,211     $ 349,683  
    Shares outstanding     22,047,649       22,522,626       22,990,908       23,505,357       23,958,888  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 14.81     $ 14.74     $ 14.74     $ 14.69       14.60  

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Voxtur Announces Financial Results for the Year and Quarter Ended December 31, 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO and TAMPA, Fla., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Voxtur Analytics Corp. (TSXV: VXTR; OTCQB: VXTRF) (“Voxtur” or the “Company”), a North American technology company creating a more transparent and accessible real estate lending ecosystem, today announced its financial results for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024. The Company’s Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2024, and the related Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) are available at www.sedarplus.ca and at www.voxtur.com.

    Financial Results:

    Continuing Operations Unaudited   Audited
      Three months ended December 31   Year ended December 31
    (In thousands of Canadian dollars)  2024   2023     2024   2023 
               
    Revenue 1 $ 9,307   $ 9,886     $ 45,737   $ 48,959  
    Gross profit 1   5,391     6,073       28,889     31,527  
    Gross profit as a % of Revenue 1   58%     61%       63%     64%  
               
               

    1 Calculations include only the results from continuing operations and do not include results of discontinued operations. On November 1, 2023, the Company finalized the sale of its wholly owned appraisal management company (“AMC”) business for $35,135 ($25,324 USD). Results of the AMC business are classified as discontinued operations.

    Throughout 2024, the Company remained focused on implementing meaningful operational improvements and driving disciplined cost management. These efforts are reflected in full-year financial results, which show that while total revenue decreased by approximately $3.2 million and total gross profit declined by approximately $2.6 million compared to fiscal 2023, the Company was able to reduce cash used in operations by approximately $13.2 million, being a year-over-year improvement of approximately 46%. The Company anticipates continued improvement in this regard into early 2025 as previously implemented efficiencies take full effect.

    Further discussion with respect to the financial results can be found in the Company’s MD&A available at www.sedarplus.ca and at www.voxtur.com.

    “Despite macroeconomic uncertainty, including persistently high mortgage rates and industry volatility, we are staying focused on the fundamentals we can control — operational efficiency, debt reduction, and strategic execution,” said Ryan Marshall, CEO. “With leadership transitions behind us, we believe 2025 is a pivotal year to reposition the business and unlock long-term value.”

    In connection with the strategic review process announced in January 2025, the Company continues to work closely with its advisor to evaluate a number of opportunities. No material updates are available at this time; however, the Company remains actively engaged in the process of evaluating the economic value and long-term alignment of each of the opportunities in front of us. The Company intends to host a shareholder call once there is material progress to report.

    “We are encouraged by the level of interest in various components of our business and continue to evaluate each opportunity with discipline,” added Marshall. “Our focus remains on pursuing outcomes that are both financially and strategically sound for the company and its stakeholders.”

    About Voxtur

    Voxtur is a proptech company. The company offers targeted data analytics to simplify the multifaceted aspects of the lending lifecycle for investors, lenders, government agencies and servicers. Voxtur’s proprietary data hub and workflow platforms more accurately and efficiently value real estate assets, providing critical due diligence that enables market participants to effectively originate, trade, or service defaults on mortgage loans. As an independent and transparent mortgage technology provider, the company offers primary and secondary market solutions in the United States and Canada. For more information, visit www.voxtur.com. 

    Forward-Looking Information

    This news release contains certain forward-looking statements and forward-looking information (collectively, “forward-looking information”) which reflect the expectations of management regarding the Company’s future growth, financial performance and objectives and the Company’s strategic initiatives, plans, business prospects and opportunities. These forward-looking statements reflect management’s current expectations regarding future events and the Company’s financial and operating performance and speak only as of the date of this press release. By their very nature, forward-looking statements require management to make assumptions and involve significant risks and uncertainties, should not be read as guarantees of future events, performance or results, and give rise to the possibility that management’s predictions, forecasts, projections, expectations or conclusions will not prove to be accurate, that the assumptions may not be correct and that the Company’s future growth, financial performance and objectives and the Company’s strategic initiatives, plans, business prospects and opportunities, including the duration, impact of and recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic, will not occur or be achieved. Any information contained herein that is not based on historical facts may be deemed to constitute forward-looking information within the meaning of Canadian and United States securities laws. Forward-looking information may be based on expectations, estimates and projections as at the date of this news release, and may be identified by the words “may”, “would”, “could”, “should”, “will”, “intend”, “plan”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “expect” or similar expressions. Forward-looking information may include but is not limited to the anticipated financial performance of the Company and other events or conditions that may occur in the future. Investors are cautioned that forward-looking information is not based on historical facts but instead reflects estimates or projections concerning future results or events based on the opinions, assumptions and estimates of management considered reasonable at the date the information is provided. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking information are reasonable, such information involves risks and uncertainties, and undue reliance should not be placed on such information, as unknown or unpredictable factors could have material adverse effects on future results, performance, or achievements of the Company. Among the key factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking information include but are not limited to: additional costs related to acquisitions, integration of acquired businesses, and implementation of new products; changing global financial conditions, especially in light of the COVID-19 global pandemic; reliance on specific key employees and customers to maintain business operations; competition within the Company’s industry; a risk in technological failure, failure to implement technological upgrades, or failure to implement new technological products in accordance with expected timelines; changing market conditions related to defaulted mortgage loans, and the failure of clients to send foreclosure and bankruptcy referrals in volumes similar to those prior to the COVID-19 global pandemic; failure of governing agencies and regulatory bodies to approve the use of products and services developed by the Company; the Company’s dependence on maintaining intellectual property and protecting newly developed intellectual property; operating losses and negative cash flows; and currency fluctuations. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking information contained herein. Factors relating to the Company’s financial guidance and targets disclosed in this press release include, in addition to the factors set out above, the degree to which actual future events accord with, or vary from, the expectations of, and assumptions used by, Voxtur’s management in preparing the financial guidance and targets.

    This forward-looking information is provided as of the date of this news release and, accordingly, is subject to change after such date. The Company does not assume any obligation to update or revise this information to reflect new events or circumstances except as required in accordance with applicable laws.

    Neither TSXV nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in the policies of the TSXV) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.

    Voxtur’s common shares are traded on the TSX Venture Exchange under the symbol VXTR and in the US on the OTCQB under the symbol VXTRF.

    Company Contact: 

    Jordan Ross
    Tel: (416)708-9764

    jordan@voxtur.com

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI USA: ICYMI: Warren Reads 100 Acts of Trump Corruption Into Congressional Record To Mark 100 Days of the Trump Administration

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Massachusetts – Elizabeth Warren
    April 30, 2025
    “[I]nstead of following through on his promise [to lower costs], Trump and his administration have paved the way for the president, his top officials, and his billionaire buddies to personally feed at the trough of government corruption.” 
    “That’s 100 corrupt acts in 100 days. Americans deserve accountability. We need to fight back—all of us.” 
    Video of Speech (YouTube)
    Washington, D.C. – On the 100th day of this Trump administration, U.S. Senator Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) read 100 reports of corruption from President Trump’s term so far into the Congressional record. 
    Senator Warren pointed to all the ways President Trump, his family, and associates like Elon Musk have used the presidency to enrich themselves, give favors to donors, and made it more difficult to hold him accountable for corruption. 
    Transcript: “One Hundred Days, One Hundred Acts of Corruption”U.S. Senate FloorApril 29, 2025
    As Prepared for Delivery
    Senator Elizabeth Warren: So here we are: one hundred days; one hundred acts of corruption.
    Today, I’m reading into the congressional record 100 reports of corruption from Donald Trump’s first 100 days in office. When he ran for office, Trump promised repeatedly that he would lower costs “on day 1.”  But instead of following through on his promise, Trump and his administration have paved the way for the president, his top officials, and his billionaire buddies to personally feed at the trough of government corruption. 
    So, count with me: In just one hundred days, Donald Trump, his family, and his Administration have:
    Turned the White House into a Tesla dealership.
    Fired independent commissioners at the FTC.
    Punished former officials who opposed his 2020 election lies.
    Paid for the White House Easter Egg roll by soliciting corporate sponsors who have business pending with the government.
    Helped Trump’s son set up a club — pay $500,000 for access to Trump’s cabinet.
    Declared that there would be NO tariff exceptions. Then permitted Apple’s CEO “behind the scenes” access — and poof, iPhone tariffs were cut.
    Created an opening for insider trading by reportedly giving Wall Street exclusive information about trade talks.
    Hosted million-dollar dinners between Big Pharma CEOs and their regulator RFK Jr.
    Launched crypto memecoin right before inauguration to make millions of dollars, then increased the value of those coins by signing executive orders making crypto a priority.
    Launched a meme coin for Melania, too. 
    Promised his “rich-as-hell” donors a giant tax handout, and is working to deliver. 
    Weakened rules insulating government workers from politics.
    Limited corporate foreign bribery investigations.
    Halted enforcement of the Corporate Transparency Act.
    Offered a private dinner with Trump himself—and a special tour of the White House—for the top 220 holders of his memecoin, permitting Trump and his family to profit both from the run up in the value of the coin AND the increase in trading on the Trump platform.
    Accepted $40 million for First Lady Melania’s documentary from Jeff Bezos – way above the market rate.
    Pointed to Bezos’s multi-million-dollar documentary payment as a model, when Warner Bros. asked Trump’s team how to improve its own relationship with the White House.
    Struck a deal with Amazon to stream Trump’s old show The Apprentice, which will mean more money for Trump as Amazon seeks tax breaks and other federal benefits.
    Coercing law firms to offer almost $1 billion in free legal work in an arrangement that experts say could run afoul of anti-bribery laws.
    Started undermining Medicare’s ability to negotiate drug prices after Big Pharma companies gave millions to Trump’s inauguration.
    Filed a meritless lawsuit against 60 Minutes and launched a baseless FCC investigation.
    Tried to get the AP to bend the knee and kicked them out of the White House briefing room when they refused.
    Hired Defense Secretary Hegseth’s younger brother to serve in a key role.
    Hired a longtime former partner of Don Jr. to serve as Ambassador to Greece. 
    Nominated Jared Kushner’s father to serve as Ambassador to France. 
    Selected Tiffany Trump’s father-in-law to serve as an adviser.
    Appointed an oil and gas executive to lead the Department of Energy.
    Selected a Chief of Staff who was a big-time lobbyist for clients like tobacco and mining companies.
    Named officials who had recently lobbied for oil and chemical giants to help write E-P-A rules.
    Appointed Mehmet Oz, who has close ties to Medicare Advantage insurers, to lead CMS to set payment rates and otherwise help out Medicare Advantage insurers.
    Appointed John Phelan, a major donor with no military or government experience, to lead the Navy and hand out Navy construction contracts.  
    Appointed Pam Bondi, a former lobbyist for a federal detention contractor, to lead the DOJ.
    Announced the DOJ would stop prioritizing enforcement of restrictions on foreign lobbyists, under the leadership of Bondi, who herself is a former foreign lobbyist for Qatar.
    Appointed Howard Lutnick, who has billions invested in companies accused of illegally facilitating crypto money laundering, to lead the Commerce Department.
    Appointed Marty Makary, the former executive of a company selling weight-loss drugs, to lead the FDA, which would regulate his company.
    Appointed Sean Duffy, who lobbied for the airline industry, to Transportation Secretary.
    Tapped Pete Hegseth, whose wife owns stock in large defense contractors, to lead the Defense Department.
    Tapped Doug Burgum — who made money from leasing land to Big Oil — to lead the Interior Department.
    Nominated a Big Oil lobbyist to run the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management.
    Nominated as IRS head Billy Long, an aggressive salesman for a fraud-riddled tax credit, who received donations after being nominated to clear old campaign debts. 
    Tapped Paul Atkins, a former crypto lobbyist, to lead the SEC.
    Appointed a former tax lobbyist, to lead tax policy.
    Appointed RFK Jr., who planned to get paid for anti-vax lawsuits while heading up HHS.
    Appointed a top Pentagon official who led a firm investing in defense contractors and has directed D-O-D to outsource as much as it can.
    Appointed someone who lobbied to privatize Medicare to lead OMB’s healthcare budget.
    Installed Steve Davis to effectively lead DOGE while also leading a Musk company.
    Installed another DOGE leader to control Treasury’s payment system while still holding down his day job as a software CEO.
    Handed power over crypto policy to a White House crypto czar who leads a venture capital firm that heavily invests in crypto.
    Selected a border czar who led a firm that got tens of millions of dollars of federal contracts for homeland security companies.
    Appointed Treasury Secretary Bessent who is gutting the IRS so that it can’t audit rich tax cheats — he’s a tax-dodging mega-millionaire.
    Pardoned Rod Blagojevich, former Illinois governor convicted for corruption, after his vocal support for Trump.
    Pardoned January 6 insurrectionists who tried to overturn an election he lost.
    Pardoned a Trump loyalist found guilty of wire fraud.
    Pardoned the son of a longtime Republican donor.
    Pardoned a corporation that had been fined $100 million for money laundering.
    Launched his own stablecoin while preparing to sign legislation that will help the stablecoin and let him oversee it. 
    Sold merch with presidential branding.
    Disbanded DOJ’s crypto unit after business talks between Binance and a Trump-backed crypto company ramped up.
    Halted SEC enforcement actions against crypto companies that enriched Trump. 
    Met with crypto executives who are asking Treasury to back off of oversight of their companies — all while exploring a deal to list a Trump-linked crypto company’s new stablecoin.
    Maintained financial ties between Trump officials and Trump’s media company. That includes: FBI Director Kash Patel who was gifted a huge award of Trump media company stock.
    Nominated Attorney General Bondi who owned $2 million in DJT shares.
    Paid the Education Secretary almost $1 million in Trump Media company shares.
    Intelligence Board nominees who have millions in Trump Media company shares.
    Selected a Special Envoy to the Middle East who wants to develop real estate in Gaza while running his own real estate firm.
    Appointed an FBI Director who consulted for the Qatari government.
    Picked that FBI Director even though he also received millions from a Cayman Island holding company with ties to China.
    Decided to cancel the Direct File program, which will help the bottom line of Intuit, which gave $1 million to Trump’s inauguration.
    Took its largest inauguration donation from a poultry company under DOJ scrutiny. After the donation, the SEC approved its parent company for the New York Stock Exchange.
    Dropped a probe into sexual misconduct allegations against Trump’s Education Secretary’s husband.
    Hosted dozens of foreign, federal, and state officials at Mar-a-Lago, helping enrich Trump. 
    Hosted a GOP retreat at another one of Trump’s resorts.
    Circumvented the normal contracting process to pick a company with close ties to Trump’s former campaign manager.
    Awarded a $30 million ICE contract to Trump insider Peter Thiel.
    Continued developing new Trump properties overseas, including in Saudi Arabia and the UAE.
    Hatched a plan for the State Department to pay Tesla $400 million dollars.
    Accepted a $4 million inauguration donation from a GOP megadonor and nominated him as UK ambassador the same day.
    And Donald Trump took actions that could advance the personal interests of his co-president Elon Musk: 

    Fired EEOC leaders investigating and suing Tesla.
    Illegally fired the NLRB Chair, which filed a complaint against SpaceX.
    Gutted CFPB staff and fired the Director after they investigated complaints against Musk’s companies.
    Gutted the Department of Labor office investigating Tesla and Space X.
    Fired the USAID Inspector General, who launched a probe into satellite terminals made by Musk’s Starlink. 
    Targeted the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration staff who were reportedly, quote, a “thorn in Tesla’s side.”
    Said Musk would self-police his conflicts of interest. Yeah right…
    Pressured the Administrator of the FAA, which fined Musk’s SpaceX, to resign .
    Permitted Musk to keep his financial disclosure hidden. I’ve got a new bill to fix that!
    Allowed Musk’s Starlink to start working with the FAA after Musk criticized the FAA’s air traffic telecom system. 
    Made Musk’s SpaceX the frontrunner for a new lucrative Golden Dome contract.
    Stood by Musk when his X executives told an advertising firm to increase ad revenue — threatening that Musk could interfere with a pending merger.
    Permitted Musk to join Trump’s interview with the Air Force secretary nominee while SpaceX held billions of dollars in contracts with the Air Force. 
    Permitted the National Transportation Safety Board to share news related to the airplane crashes in Washington and Philadelphia only on Musk-owned X.
    Permitted the Social Security Administration to only share important public communication on X.
    Dropped DOJ’s anti-discrimination complaint against Musk’s SpaceX.
    Fired FDA staffers reviewing Elon Musk’s Neuralink clinical trial applications.
    And for our closing six moves that make every bit of this corruption even harder to root out, Trump got rid of cops on the beat:

    Fired 18 Inspectors General who make sure the federal agencies follow the law.
    Fired the head of the Office of Special Counsel who protects whistleblowers and makes sure that civil service laws are fired.
    Fired the head of the Office of Government Ethics who watches to see that the President and his Administration follow the laws on conflicts of interest, bribery and other ethics issues.
    Fired DOJ prosecutors who worked on January 6th investigations.
    Sidelined DOJ’s office that reviews the legality of executive orders.
    Gutted DOJ’s office that prosecutes misconduct by public officials.
    That’s 100 corrupt acts in 100 days. Americans deserve accountability. We need to fight back—all of us. 

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI: UAB “Atsinaujinančios energetikos investicijos” publishes its factsheet for the first quarter of 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    UAB “Atsinaujinančios energetikos investicijos” (the Company) publishes its factsheet, providing information about the Company’s investment portfolio, key events, business strategy, operating segments, and financial indicators as of 31 March 2025.

    2025 Q1 KEY EVENTS

    • Total aggregated 2025 YTD Revenue and YTD EBITDA amounted to 2,437 kEUR and 1,226 kEUR, respectively.
    • Following the issuance of its audited financial statements for 2024, UAB “Atsinaujinančios Energetikos Investicijos” has retrospectively adjusted its net asset value (NAV) and share price as at 31 December 2024 and 31 March 2025, due to discrepancies identified in the fair value measurement of investment assets.

    Solar development in Poland:

    • The construction of 67.8 MW total capacity PV Energy Projects sp. z. o.o. portfolio nears completion.  As of reporting period, 46 MW are operational. 1 project (1 MW) was energized during this quarter and 4 projects (1 MW each) are planned to be energized in Q2 2025. The anticipated COD for the entire park is set for September 2025.
    • The PL SUN sp. z o.o. portfolio, with a total capacity of 113.97 MW, is divided into two phases. Construction works for the first phase (66.6 MW) were largely finalized in Q2 2024. Of this, 26.4 MW were energized in Q4. The remaining 40.2 MW are scheduled to be energized by Q2 2025. Construction of the second phase commenced in October 2024. The total capacity was reduced from 48.1 MW to 47.4 MW due to technical issues with the land plots of one project. Balance of System, technical advisory, and O&M contracts have been signed. Modules and inverters have been delivered to all sites. Mounting structure construction and module installation works have started at 7 sites (45.1 MW). Transformer stations were delivered to 2 sites (5.87 MW).

    Wind Projects:

    • The Energy Production license for the Anykščiai wind farm was obtained in August 2024, for Jonava and Rokiškis wind farms the license obtainal is schduled for Q2 2025.
    • The 112 MW wind farm developed under Zala Elektriba SIA is scheduled to reach RtB in Q2 2025. The turbine supply agreement was signed on 28th of March.

    Hybrid Projects:

    • The hybrid projects managed by UAB “Ekoelektra” and UAB “KNT Holding” are progressing, with the majority of land lease agreements and cable and road servitudes secured for the former, and approximately 50% secured for the latter.

    Contact person for further information:

    Mantas Auruškevičius

    Manager of the Investment Company

    mantas.auruskevicius@lordslb.lt

    www.lordslb.lt/AEI_green_bonds

    Attachment

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Real Matters Reports Second Quarter Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Real Matters Inc. (TSX: REAL) (“Real Matters” or the “Company”), a leading network management services platform for the mortgage and insurance industries, today announced its financial results for the second quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “We posted consolidated Net Revenue(A) of $10.1 million compared with $11.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 mainly due to a double-digit decline in the addressable U.S. purchase mortgage origination market. We continue to maintain our focus on operational efficiency and leveraged our network management model to deliver U.S. Appraisal Net Revenue(A) margins of 27.3% in the second quarter, up 80 basis points sequentially. Our U.S. Title segment delivered strong year-over-year growth driven by net market share gains with clients and higher refinance origination market volumes; refinance origination revenue was up 40% year-over-year and Net Revenue(A) for the segment was up 32%,” said Real Matters Chief Executive Officer Brian Lang. “With $45.7 million in cash and no debt, Real Matters remains well positioned for current market conditions and we are primed to scale up.”

    “As we have experienced in the past, economic and financial market uncertainties can create significant opportunity for the mortgage industry. Even minor decreases in interest rates like those we saw last fall can have a significant positive impact on origination volumes – especially from today’s historical low volumes. With nearly 10 million outstanding mortgages with rates above 6%, and nearly 7 million mortgages above 6.5%, the pool of refinance candidates continues to grow,” concluded Lang. “Solid execution of our strategy continues to broaden our client base and deepen our customer relationships, particularly in U.S. Title where we have significant runway for growth, which should allow us to better capitalize on market improvements and capture more volume.”

    Q2 2025 Summary

    • Consolidated revenue of $37.3 million, down 11% year-over-year as increased volumes in our U.S. Title and Canadian segments were offset by lower year-over-year U.S. Appraisal addressable volumes
    • Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA(A) of $(1.9) million compared with $0.7 million in Q2’24
    • Net loss of $2.2 million, down from net income of $2.1 million in Q2’24
    • Launched three new clients in Q2’25
    • Real Matters’ U.S. Appraisal mortgage origination volumes down 21% year-over-year mainly due to lower U.S. addressable purchase origination market volumes
    • Real Matters’ U.S. Title mortgage origination volumes up 32% year-over-year due to net market share gains with clients and higher refinance origination market volumes
    • Cash and cash equivalents of $45.7 million and no outstanding debt as at March 31, 2025

    Financial and Operational Summary

        Quarter ended       Six months ended   %
        2025     2025     2024     2024     2024     % Change1     2025     2024     Change1
        Q2   Q1   Q4   Q3   Q2   Quarter
    over
    Quarter    		 Year
    over
    Year    		   March 31 March 31   Year
    over
    Year
    Consolidated                                        
    Revenue $ 37.3   $ 41.0   $ 45.6   $ 49.5   $ 42.2     -9 % -11 %   $ 78.3   $ 77.6     1 %
    Net Revenue(A) $ 10.1   $ 10.9   $ 12.0   $ 13.1   $ 11.5     -7 % -13 %   $ 20.9   $ 21.2     -1 %
    Adjusted EBITDA(A) $ (1.9 ) $ (1.7 ) $ 0.6   $ 1.7   $ 0.7     -14 % -365 %   $ (3.5 ) $ (0.4 )   -881 %
    Net (loss) income $ (2.2 ) $ 2.3   $ (0.2 ) $ 1.7   $ 2.1     -197 % -207 %   $ 0.1   $ (1.5 )   104 %
    Net (loss) income per diluted share $ (0.03 ) $ 0.03   $ –   $ 0.02   $ 0.03     -200 % -200 %   $ 0.00   $ (0.02 )   100 %
    Adjusted Net (loss) income(A) $ (1.2 ) $ (0.3 ) $ 0.9   $ 1.7   $ 1.3     -345 % -192 %   $ (1.5 ) $ 0.1     -1600 %
    Adjusted Net (loss) income(A) per diluted share $ (0.02 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.02     0 % -200 %   $ (0.02 ) $ 0.00     0 %
                                             
    U.S. Appraisal segment                                        
    Revenue $ 26.7   $ 29.4   $ 33.8   $ 37.5   $ 32.6     -9 % -18 %   $ 56.0   $ 59.3     -6 %
    Net Revenue(A) $ 7.3   $ 7.8   $ 9.0   $ 10.3   $ 9.2     -6 % -21 %   $ 15.1   $ 16.6     -10 %
    Net Revenue(A) margin   27.3 %   26.5 %   26.7 %   27.6 %   28.3 %           26.9 %   28.1 %    
    Adjusted EBITDA(A) $ 2.6   $ 2.4   $ 4.1   $ 5.5   $ 4.4     7 % -41 %   $ 5.0   $ 7.1     -30 %
    Adjusted EBITDA(A) margin   35.4 %   30.9 %   45.2 %   53.2 %   47.9 %           33.1 %   42.5 %    
                                             
    U.S. Title segment                                        
    Revenue $ 2.3   $ 2.5   $ 2.4   $ 2.1   $ 2.0     -11 % 11 %   $ 4.8   $ 4.1     18 %
    Net Revenue(A) $ 1.2   $ 1.4   $ 1.2   $ 0.9   $ 0.9     -13 % 32 %   $ 2.5   $ 1.9     36 %
    Net Revenue(A) margin   52.1 %   53.4 %   49.8 %   43.6 %   44.0 %           52.8 %   45.7 %    
    Adjusted EBITDA(A) $ (2.1 ) $ (1.8 ) $ (1.6 ) $ (1.9 ) $ (1.7 )   -18 % -28 %   $ (3.9 ) $ (3.3 )   -20 %
    Adjusted EBITDA(A) margin   -179.6 %   -132.3 %   -131.4 %   -209.8 %   -184.8 %           -154.3 %   -176.0 %    
                                             
                                             
    Canadian segment                                        
    Revenue $ 8.3   $ 9.1   $ 9.4   $ 9.9   $ 7.6     -8 % 11 %   $ 17.5   $ 14.2     23 %
    Net Revenue(A) $ 1.6   $ 1.7   $ 1.8   $ 1.9   $ 1.4     -8 % 11 %   $ 3.3   $ 2.7     24 %
    Net Revenue(A) margin   19.0 %   18.9 %   18.9 %   19.0 %   18.9 %           19.0 %   18.8 %    
    Adjusted EBITDA(A) $ 1.0   $ 1.1   $ 1.2   $ 1.3   $ 0.9     -8 % 17 %   $ 2.2   $ 1.6     37 %
    Adjusted EBITDA(A) margin   65.7 %   66.1 %   67.7 %   69.3 %   62.3 %           65.9 %   59.7 %    
                                             
    Corporate segment                                        
    Adjusted EBITDA(A) $ (3.4 ) $ (3.4 ) $ (3.1 ) $ (3.2 ) $ (2.9 )   0 % -15 %   $ (6.8 ) $ (5.8 )   -18 %
     

    Note 1 – Percentage change is calculated based on figures disclosed in our MD&A which are rounded to the nearest thousands of dollars.

    Conference Call and Webcast
    A conference call to review the results will take place at 10:00 a.m. (ET) on Wednesday, April 30, 2025, hosted by Chief Executive Officer Brian Lang and Chief Financial Officer Rodrigo Pinto. An accompanying slide presentation will be posted to the Investor section of our website shortly before the call.

    Conference call dial-in:

    • Participants can dial-in to the conference call; however, pre-registration is required. To register, visit: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BIb410bf1804714fc98c4a22b2351db181.
    • Once registered, you will receive an email including dial-in details and a unique access code required to join the live call.
    • Please ensure you have registered at least 10 minutes prior to the conference call start time.

    To listen to the live webcast of the call:

    The webcast will be archived and a transcript of the call will be available in the Investor section of our website following the call.

    (A) Non-GAAP Measures
    The non-GAAP measures used in this news release, including Net Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income do not have a standardized meaning prescribed by IFRS® Accounting Standards and are therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers. These non-GAAP measures are more fully defined and discussed in the Company’s MD&A for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 under the heading “Non-GAAP measures”, which is incorporated by reference in this Press Release and available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca.

    Real Matters financial results for the three and six months ended March 31, 2025 are included in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and the accompanying MD&A, each of which are available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca. In addition, supplemental information is available on our website at www.realmatters.com.

    Net Revenue represents the difference between revenues and transaction costs. Net Revenue margin is calculated as Net Revenue divided by Revenues. The reconciling items between net income or loss and Net Revenue were as follows:

                Quarter ended   Six months ended
        Q2 2025   Q1 2025   Q4 2024   Q3 2024   Q2 2024   March 31,
    2025    		 March 31,
    2024
                                   
    Net (loss) income $ (2.2 ) $ 2.3   $ (0.2 ) $ 1.7   $ 2.1     $ 0.1   $ (1.5 )
    Operating expenses   12.1     12.7     12.6     11.8     11.2       24.6     22.8  
    Amortization   0.7     0.7     0.8     0.8     0.8       1.5     1.6  
    Restructuring expenses   –     0.4     –     –     –       0.5     –  
    Interest expense   0.1     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.1       0.2     0.2  
    Interest income   (0.5 )   (0.5 )   (0.5 )   (0.5 )   (0.4 )     (1.0 )   (0.8 )
    Net foreign exchange loss (gain)   0.2     (6.1 )   1.3     (0.9 )   (2.2 )     (6.0 )   (0.2 )
    Loss (gain) on fair value                              
    of derivatives   0.6     1.7     (1.9 )   (0.1 )   0.1       2.3     (0.1 )
    Income tax (recovery) expense   (0.9 )   (0.4 )   (0.2 )   0.2     (0.2 )     (1.3 )   (0.8 )
    Net Revenue $ 10.1   $ 10.9   $ 12.0   $ 13.1   $ 11.5     $ 20.9   $ 21.2  
     

    Adjusted EBITDA represents net income or loss before stock-based compensation expense, amortization, restructuring expenses, interest expense, interest income, net foreign exchange gain or loss, gain or loss on fair value of derivatives and income tax expense or recovery. Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by Net Revenue. The reconciling items between net income or loss and Adjusted EBITDA were as follows:

                Quarter ended   Six months ended
        Q2 2025   Q1 2025   Q4 2024   Q3 2024   Q2 2024   March 31,
    2025    		 March 31,
    2024
                                   
    Net (loss) income $ (2.2 ) $ 2.3   $ (0.2 ) $ 1.7   $ 2.1     $ 0.1   $ (1.5 )
    Stock-based compensation expense   0.1     0.1     1.2     0.4     0.4       0.2     1.2  
    Amortization   0.7     0.7     0.8     0.8     0.8       1.5     1.6  
    Restructuring expenses   –     0.4     –     –     –       0.5     –  
    Interest expense   0.1     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.1       0.2     0.2  
    Interest income   (0.5 )   (0.5 )   (0.5 )   (0.5 )   (0.4 )     (1.0 )   (0.8 )
    Net foreign exchange loss (gain)   0.2     (6.1 )   1.3     (0.9 )   (2.2 )     (6.0 )   (0.2 )
    Loss (gain) on fair value                              
    of derivatives   0.6     1.7     (1.9 )   (0.1 )   0.1       2.3     (0.1 )
    Income tax (recovery) expense   (0.9 )   (0.4 )   (0.2 )   0.2     (0.2 )     (1.3 )   (0.8 )
    Adjusted EBITDA $ (1.9 ) $ (1.7 ) $ 0.6   $ 1.7   $ 0.7     $ (3.5 ) $ (0.4 )
     

    The reconciling items between net income or loss and Adjusted Net Income or Loss were as follows:

                Quarter ended   Six months ended
        Q2 2025   Q1 2025   Q4 2024   Q3 2024   Q2 2024   March 31,
    2025    		 March 31,
    2024
                                   
    Net (loss) income $ (2.2 ) $ 2.3   $ (0.2 ) $ 1.7   $ 2.1     $ 0.1   $ (1.5 )
    Stock-based compensation expense   0.1     0.1     1.2     0.4     0.4       0.2     1.2  
    Amortization of intangibles   0.4     0.4     0.5     0.4     0.4       0.8     0.8  
    Restructuring expenses   –     0.4     –     –     –       0.5     –  
    Net foreign exchange loss (gain)   0.2     (6.1 )   1.3     (0.9 )   (2.2 )     (6.0 )   (0.2 )
    Loss (gain) on fair value                              
    of derivatives   0.6     1.7     (1.9 )   (0.1 )   0.1       2.3     (0.1 )
    Related tax effects   (0.3 )   0.9     –     0.2     0.5       0.6     (0.1 )
    Adjusted Net (Loss) Income $ (1.2 ) $ (0.3 ) $ 0.9   $ 1.7   $ 1.3     $ (1.5 ) $ 0.1  
     

    Forward-Looking Information
    This Press Release contains “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities laws. Words such as “could”, “forecast”, “target”, “may”, “will”, “would”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “intend”, “plan”, “seek”, “believe”, “likely” and “predict” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking information, although not all forward-looking information contains these identifying words.

    The forward-looking information in this Press Release includes statements which reflect the current expectations of management with respect to our business and the industry in which we operate and is based on management’s experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors that management believes appropriate and reasonable in the circumstances. The forward-looking information reflects management’s beliefs based on information currently available to management, including information obtained from third party sources, and should not be read as a guarantee of the occurrence or timing of any future events, performance or results.

    The forward-looking information in this Press Release is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that are difficult to predict and that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or results anticipated by the forward-looking information. A comprehensive discussion of the factors which could cause results or events to differ from current expectations can be found in the “Risk Factors” section of our Annual Information Form for the year ended September 30, 2024, which is available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca.

    Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking information, which reflect our expectations only as of the date of this Press Release. Except as required by law, we do not undertake to update or revise any forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    About Real Matters
    Real Matters is a leading network management services provider for the mortgage lending and insurance industries. Real Matters’ platform combines its proprietary technology and network management capabilities with tens of thousands of independent qualified field professionals to create an efficient marketplace for the provision of mortgage lending and insurance industry services. Our clients include top 100 mortgage lenders in the U.S. and some of the largest banks and insurance companies in Canada. We are a leading independent provider of residential real estate appraisals to the mortgage market and a leading independent provider of title services in the U.S. Headquartered in Markham (ON), Real Matters has principal offices in Buffalo (NY) and Middletown (RI). Real Matters is listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol REAL. For more information, visit www.realmatters.com.

    For more information:
    Lyne Beauregard
    Vice President, Investor Relations and Corporate Communications
    Real Matters
    lbeauregard@realmatters.com
    416.994.5930

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Onity Group Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WEST PALM BEACH, Fla., April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Onity Group Inc. (NYSE: ONIT) (“Onity” or the “Company”) today announced its first quarter 2025 results and provided a business update.

    First Quarter 2025:

    • Net income attributable to common stockholders of $21 million; diluted EPS of $2.50; ROE of 19%
    • Adjusted pre-tax income* of $25 million, resulting in annualized adjusted ROE* of 22%
    • Book value per share improved to $58 as of March 31, 2025, up $2.15 year-over-year
    • $17 billion in total servicing additions
    • Average servicing UPB of $305 billion, up $13 billion year-over-year

    2025 Outlook:

    • Confirmed previous guidance including 2025 adjusted ROE* range of 16% – 18%
    • Some or all of $180 million deferred tax valuation allowance (US) as of December 31, 2024, could be released by year-end 2025

             * See “Note Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below

    “We are thrilled to report another strong quarter, with growth in revenue, adjusted pre-tax income, adjusted ROE, and book value per share compared to a year ago,” said Onity Group Chair, President and CEO Glen Messina. “Our results demonstrate the success of our strategy coupled with strong execution. Our balanced business continues to perform well regardless of interest rate cycles.”

    Messina continued, “We believe our demonstrated resiliency, customer focus, and award-winning servicing platform will enable us to successfully navigate interest rate volatility and economic uncertainties. We expect our actions to deliver balanced MSR and subservicing additions, expand high-margin products, and continuously strengthen recapture performance, will drive our growth in the coming quarters.”

    Additional First Quarter 2025 Operating and Business Highlights

    • Funded recapture volume up 2.7x year-over-year; refinance recapture rate is 1.6x industry average based on ICE Mortgage Monitor report as of April 2025
    • Originations volume of $7 billion, up 53% year-over-year, exceeding 8% industry growth
    • MSR additions (bulk purchases and originations) of $12 billion, up more than 2x year-over-year
    • Expanded high-margin products with launch of enhanced home equity and proprietary reverse mortgage (EquityIQ®) loans
    • Effective MSR hedge strategy resulting in minimal MSR fair value volatility in the quarter and continued alignment with operating and financial performance
    • Total liquidity (unrestricted cash plus available credit) at $239 million as of March 31, 2025

    Webcast and Conference Call

    Onity will hold a conference call on Wednesday, April 30, 2025, at 8:30 a.m. (ET) to review the Company’s first quarter 2025 operating results and to provide a business update. All interested parties are welcome to participate. You can access the conference call by dialing (800) 579-2543 or (785) 424-1789 approximately 10 minutes prior to the call; please reference the conference ID “Onity.” Participants can also access the conference call through a live audio webcast available from the Shareholder Relations page at onitygroup.com under Events and Presentations. An investor presentation will accompany the conference call and be available by visiting the Shareholder Relations page at onitygroup.com prior to the call. A replay of the conference call will be available via the website approximately two hours after the conclusion of the call. A telephonic replay will also be available approximately three hours following the call’s completion through May 14, 2025, by dialing (844) 512-2921 or (412) 317-6671; please reference access code 11158988.

    About Onity Group

    Onity Group Inc. (NYSE: ONIT) is a leading non-bank financial services company providing mortgage servicing and originations solutions through its primary brands, PHH Mortgage and Liberty Reverse Mortgage. PHH Mortgage is one of the largest servicers in the country, focused on delivering a variety of servicing and lending programs to consumers and business clients. Liberty is one of the nation’s largest reverse mortgage lenders dedicated to providing loans that help customers meet their personal and financial needs. We are headquartered in West Palm Beach, Florida, with offices and operations in the United States, the U.S. Virgin Islands, India and the Philippines, and have been serving our customers since 1988. For additional information, please visit onitygroup.com.

    Forward Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements may be identified by a reference to a future period or by the use of forward-looking terminology. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “expect”, “believe”, “foresee”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “goal”, “strategy”, “plan” “target” and “project” or conditional verbs such as “will”, “may”, “should”, “could” or “would” or the negative of these terms, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words, and includes statements in this press release regarding our 2025 outlook and guidance, our expectation of releasing our deferred tax valuation allowance by year-end 2025, our ability to drive growth, and navigate interest volatility and economic uncertainties. Forward-looking statements by their nature address matters that are, to different degrees, uncertain. Readers should bear these factors in mind when considering such statements and should not place undue reliance on such statements.

    Forward-looking statements involve a number of assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. In the past, actual results have differed from those suggested by forward looking statements and this may happen again. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the potential for ongoing disruption in the financial markets and in commercial activity generally as a result of U.S. and global political events, changes in monetary and fiscal policy, and other sources of instability; the impacts of inflation, employment disruption, and other financial difficulties facing our borrowers; whether we will release some or all of the valuation allowance offsetting our net U.S. deferred tax asset, and the timing and amount of such release; the adequacy of our financial resources, including our sources of liquidity and ability to sell, fund and recover servicing advances, forward and reverse whole loans, future draws on existing reverse loans, and HECM and forward loan buyouts and put backs, as well as repay, renew and extend borrowings, borrow additional amounts as and when required, meet our MSR or other asset investment objectives and comply with our debt agreements, including the financial and other covenants contained in them; our ability to interpret correctly and comply with current or future liquidity, net worth and other financial and other requirements of regulators, the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) (together, the GSEs), and the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae), including our ability to implement a cost-effective response to Ginnie Mae’s risk-based capital requirements by the extended deadline granted to us by Ginnie Mae of October 1, 2025; our ability to timely reduce operating costs, or generate offsetting revenue, in proportion to the industry-wide decrease in originations activity; the impact of cost-reduction initiatives on our business and operations; the impact of our rebranding initiative; the amount of senior debt or common stock or that we may repurchase under any repurchase programs, the timing of such repurchases, and the long-term impact, if any, of repurchases on the trading price of our securities or our financial condition; breach or failure of Onity’s, our contractual counterparties’, or our vendors’ information technology or other security systems or privacy protections, including any failure to protect customers’ data, resulting in disruption to our operations, loss of income, reputational damage, costly litigation and regulatory penalties; our reliance on our technology vendors to adequately maintain and support our systems, including our servicing systems, loan originations and financial reporting systems, and uncertainty relating to our ability to transition to alternative vendors, if necessary, without incurring significant cost or disruption to our operations; the future of our long-term relationship with Rithm Capital Corp. (Rithm); our ability to close acquisitions of MSRs and other transactions, including the ability to obtain regulatory approvals; our ability to grow our reverse servicing business; our ability to retain clients and employees of acquired businesses, and the extent to which acquisitions and our other strategic initiatives will contribute to achieving our growth objectives; increased servicing costs based on increased borrower delinquency levels or other factors; uncertainty related to past, present or future claims, litigation, cease and desist orders and investigations regarding our servicing, foreclosure, modification, origination and other practices brought by government agencies and private parties, including state regulators, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), State Attorneys General, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Department of Justice or the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD); the reactions of key counterparties, including lenders, the GSEs and Ginnie Mae, to our regulatory engagements and litigation matters; increased regulatory scrutiny and media attention; any adverse developments in existing legal proceedings or the initiation of new legal proceedings; our ability to effectively manage our regulatory and contractual compliance obligations; our ability to comply with our servicing agreements, including our ability to comply with the requirements of the GSEs and Ginnie Mae and maintain our seller/servicer and other statuses with them; our ability to fund future draws on existing loans in our reverse mortgage portfolio; our servicer and credit ratings as well as other actions from various rating agencies, including any future downgrades; as well as other risks and uncertainties detailed in our reports and filings with the SEC, including our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024. Anyone wishing to understand Onity’s business should review our SEC filings. Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and, we disclaim any obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    Note Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    This press release contains references to adjusted pre-tax income (loss) and adjusted ROE, both non-GAAP financial measures.

    We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide a useful supplement to discussions and analysis of our financial condition, because they are measures that management uses to assess the financial performance of our operations and allocate resources. In addition, management believes that this presentation may assist investors with understanding and evaluating our initiatives to drive improved financial performance. Management believes, specifically, that the removal of fair value changes of our net MSR exposure due to changes in market interest rates and assumptions provides a useful, supplemental financial measure as it enables an assessment of our ability to generate earnings regardless of market conditions and the trends in our underlying businesses by removing the impact of fair value changes due to market interest rates and assumptions, which can vary significantly between periods. However, these measures should not be analyzed in isolation or as a substitute to analysis of our GAAP pre-tax income (loss) or GAAP pre-tax ROE nor a substitute for cash flows from operations. There are certain limitations to the analytical usefulness of the adjustments we make to GAAP pre-tax income (loss) and GAAP pre-tax ROE and, accordingly, we use these adjustments only for purposes of supplemental analysis. Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, Onity’s reported results under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Other companies may use non-GAAP financial measures with the same or similar titles that are calculated differently to our non-GAAP financial measures. As a result, comparability may be limited. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on analysis of the adjustments we make to GAAP pre-tax income (loss) and GAAP pre-tax ROE.

    The Company has not provided reconciliations of guidance for adjusted ROE, in reliance on the unreasonable efforts exception provided under Item 10(e)(1)(i)(B) of Regulation S-K. The Company is unable, without unreasonable efforts, to forecast certain items required to develop meaningful comparable GAAP financial measures. These items include the change in fair value of our net MSR exposure due to changes in market interest rates and assumptions which can vary significantly between periods and are difficult to predict in advance in order to include in a GAAP estimate.

    Notables

    In the table below, we adjust GAAP pre-tax income for the following factors: MSR valuation adjustments, expense notables, and other income statement notables. MSR valuation adjustments are comprised of changes to Forward MSR and Reverse mortgage valuations due to rates and assumption changes. Expense notables include significant legal and regulatory settlement expenses, severance and retention costs, LTIP stock price changes, consolidation of office facilities and other expenses (such as costs associated with strategic transactions). Other income statement notables include non-routine transactions that are not categorized in the above.

    Beginning with the three months ended December 31, 2024, for purposes of calculating Income Statement Notables and Adjusted Pre-Tax Income, we changed the methodology used to calculate Other Income Statement Notables to include change in fair value due to interest rates for reverse loan buyouts (reported in gain/loss on loans held for sale, at fair value). We made this change to align with the change to our risk management approach to include changes in fair value of reverse loan buyouts due to interest rates in our MSR hedge strategy, consistent with other notables, such as Forward MSR Valuation Adjustments due to rates and assumption changes, net and Reverse Mortgage Fair Value Change due to rates and assumption changes.

    Other Income Statement Notables (a component of Other Notables) for the first three quarters of 2024 have been revised from prior presentations to reflect the methodology we adopted during the fourth quarter of 2024.

     (Dollars in millions) Q1’25 Q4’24 Q1’24
    I Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Stockholders 21 (29) 30
      A. Preferred Stock Dividend (1) (1) –
    II Reported Net Income (Loss) [I – A] 22 (28) 30
      B. Income Tax Benefit (Expense) 13 6 (2)
    III Reported Pre-Tax Income (Loss) [II – B] 9 (34) 32
      Forward MSR Valuation Adjustments due to rates and assumption changes, net (a)(b) (12) 14 18
      Reverse Mortgage Fair Value Change due to rates and assumption changes (b)(c) 10 (15) 1
    IV Total MSR Valuation Adjustments due to rates and assumption changes, net (2) (1) 19
      Significant legal and regulatory settlement expenses (14) (2) (2)
      Severance and retention (d) (0) (0) (2)
      LTIP stock price changes (e) 0 (1) 3
      Office facilities consolidation (0) (0) (0)
      Other expense notables (f) 1 (0) (1)
      C. Total Expense Notables (14) (4) (2)
      D. Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt – (51) 1
      E. Gain on sale of MAV canopy – 14 –
      F. Other Income Statement Notables (g) (0) (3) (2)
    V Total Other Notables [C + D + E + F] (14) (44) (2)
    VI Total Notables (h) [IV + V] (16) (45) 17
    VII Adjusted Pre-Tax Income (i) [III – VI] 25 11 15
    a) MSR valuation adjustments that are due to changes in market interest rates, valuation inputs or other assumptions, net of overall fair value gains / (losses) on MSR hedge, including FV changes of Pledged MSR liabilities associated with MSR transferred to MAV, Rithm and others and ESS financing liabilities that are due to changes in market interest rates, valuation inputs or other assumptions, a component of MSR valuation adjustments, net
    b) The changes in fair value due to market interest rates were measured by isolating the impact of market interest rate changes on the valuation model output as provided by our third-party valuation expert
    c) FV changes of loans HFI and HMBS related borrowings due to market interest rates and assumptions, a component of gain on reverse loans held for investment and HMBS-related borrowings, net
    d) Severance and retention due to organizational rightsizing or reorganization
    e) Long-term incentive program (LTIP) compensation expense changes attributable to stock price changes during the period
    f) Contains costs associated with but not limited to rebranding and other strategic initiatives and transactions
    g) Contains non-routine transactions including but not limited to fair value assumption changes on other investments recorded in other income/expense
    h) Certain previously presented notable categories with nil numbers for each period shown have been omitted
    i) Effective in Q4’24, change in fair value due to interest rates for reverse loan buyouts is now recognized as a notable (previously reported in gain/loss on loans held for sale, at fair value); presentation of past periods has been conformed to the current presentation; without this change, adjusted PTI would be $14M in Q1’24 and $8M in Q4’24; see note titled “Note Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information
       

    Adjusted ROE Calculation

    (Dollars in millions) Q1’25 Q4’24 Q1’24
      GAAP ROE (after tax) 19% (25%) 29%
    I Reported Net Income (Loss) 22 (28) 30
    II Notable Items (16) (45) 17
    III Income Tax Benefit (Expense) 13 6 (2)
    IV Adjusted Pre-Tax Income (Loss) [I – II – III] 25 11 15
    V Annualized Adjusted Pre-tax Income [IV * 4 for qtr.] 102 46 59
      Equity      
           A Beginning Period Equity 443 468 402
                C Ending Period Equity 460 443 432
                D Equity Impact of Notables 16 45 (17)
           B Adjusted Ending Period Equity [C + D] 477 488 415
    VI Average Adjusted Equity [(A + B) / 2] 460 478 408
    VII Adjusted ROE (a) [V / VI] 22% 10% 14%
    a) Effective in Q4’24, change in fair value due to interest rates for reverse loan buyouts is now recognized as a notable (previously reported in gain/loss on loans held for sale, at fair value); presentation of past periods has been conformed to the current presentation; without this change, adjusted pre-tax income would be $14M in Q1’24 and $8M in Q4’24; without this change, adjusted ROE would be 14% in Q1’24 and 7% in Q4’24; see note titled “Note Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information
       

    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

    Assets (Dollars in millions) March 31,
    2025    		 December 31,
    2024    		 March 31,
    2024
    Cash and cash equivalents 178.0 184.8 185.1
    Restricted cash 58.9 80.8 66.1
    Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs), at fair value 2,547.4 2,466.3 2,374.7
    Advances, net 514.0 577.2 602.7
    Loans held for sale, at fair value 1,402.2 1,290.2 1,028.9
    Loans held for investment, at fair value 10,812.5 11,125.3 8,130.5
    Receivables, net 222.3 176.4 152.1
    Investment in equity method investee – – 37.6
    Premises and equipment, net 10.8 11.0 11.8
    Other assets 106.0 111.3 84.3
    Contingent loan repurchase asset 407.2 412.2 416.3
    Total Assets 16,259.3 16,435.4 13,090.1
           
    Liabilities, Mezzanine & Stockholders’ Equity (Dollars in millions) March 31,
    2025    		 December 31,
    2024    		 March 31,
    2024
    Home Equity Conversion Mortgage-Backed Securities (HMBS) related borrowings, at fair value 10,587.6 10,872.1 7,945.0
    Other financing liabilities, at fair value 835.5 846.9 906.8
    Advance match funded liabilities 377.5 417.1 440.2
    Mortgage loan financing facilities, net 1,577.4 1,528.2 1,108.9
    MSR financing facilities, net 1,136.0 957.9 964.1
    Senior notes, net 488.0 487.4 552.0
    Other liabilities 340.0 420.6 324.7
    Contingent loan repurchase liability 407.2 412.2 416.3
    Total Liabilities 15,749.2 15,942.5 12,658.0
    Mezzanine Equity 49.9 49.9 –
    Stockholders’ Equity 460.2 442.9 432.1
    Total Liabilities, Mezzanine and Stockholders’ Equity 16,259.3 16,435.4 13,090.1
           

    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

      For the Quarter Ending
    (Dollars in millions) March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2024
    Revenue      
    Servicing and subservicing fees 203.3 206.0 204.5
    Gain on reverse loans held for investment and HMBS-related borrowings, net 23.8 0.6 15.4
    Gain on loans held for sale, net 11.8 5.9 10.9
    Other revenue, net 10.9 12.4 8.3
    Total revenue 249.8 224.8 239.1
    MSR valuation adjustments, net (38.9) (20.4) (11.6)
    Operating expenses      
    Compensation and benefits 57.4 64.3 53.6
    Servicing and origination 13.0 12.3 15.0
    Technology and communications 15.0 14.1 12.7
    Professional services 22.6 12.5 12.0
    Occupancy, equipment and mailing 8.2 8.3 7.7
    Other expenses 3.6 4.1 3.4
    Total operating expenses 119.9 115.6 104.4
    Other income (expense)      
    Interest income 26.2 28.8 17.5
    Interest expense (67.0) (74.2) (67.4)
    Pledged MSR liability expense (41.9) (42.1) (44.9)
    Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt – (51.2) 1.4
    Earnings of equity method investee – 16.2 2.7
    Other, net 0.9 0.1 (0.6)
    Other income (expense), net (81.9) (122.4) (91.3)
    Income before income taxes 9.1 (33.7) 31.8
    Income tax expense (13.0) (5.6) 1.7
    Net Income (Loss) 22.1 (28.1) 30.1
    Preferred stock dividend (1.0) (0.5) –
    Net Income (Loss) attributable to common stockholders 21.1 (28.6) 30.1
    Basic EPS $2.68 ($ 3.63) $3.91
    Diluted EPS $2.50 ($ 3.63) $3.74
           

    For Further Information Contact:

    Investors:

    Valerie Haertel, VP, Investor Relations
    (561) 570-2969
    shareholderrelations@onitygroup.com

    Media:

    Dico Akseraylian, SVP, Corporate Communications
    (856) 917-0066
    mediarelations@onitygroup.com

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Boost to local services from taxes on empty shops and second homes

    Source: Scotland – City of Edinburgh

    Hundreds of buildings have been brought back into use and over £10 million has been raised for council services thanks to new tax-raising powers adopted by the council.

    Since 1 April 2024, following changes to Scottish Government legislation, a 200% Council Tax charge has been applied to second homes. At the same time, non-domestic rates relief on empty commercial properties has been capped at three months.

    The move has encouraged the occupation and active use of at least 206 commercial properties and 52 homes, helping to stimulate the local economy and lived in homes during Edinburgh’s Housing Emergency.

    Finance and Resources Convener, Councillor Mandy Watt, said: 

    By making these changes, we’re not only raising millions of pounds for the council at a time when we face huge financial challenges – we’re successfully encouraging property owners to bring buildings back into their proper use. 

    It is well known that Edinburgh faces a chronic shortage of housing, which led us to become the first city in Scotland to declare a housing emergency. it is in the whole city’s best interests to allow those who have more than one home to contribute where they can towards addressing this crisis and supporting their local services.

    Likewise, I’m pleased to see our new rate relief policy working well. It’s about enhancing communities, stimulating the economy and putting underused buildings to better use. Some of these properties have been empty for years and under the previous regulations owners didn’t have to pay rates. 
     

    Published: April 30th 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Tax concessions bill passed

    Source: Hong Kong Information Services

    The Government today welcomed the passage of the Inland Revenue (Amendment) (Tax Concessions) Bill 2025 by the Legislative Council.

    The bill gives effect to the one-off tax concessions proposed in the 2025-26 Budget. These will reduce salaries tax, tax under personal assessment, and profits tax for the 2024-25 year of assessment by 100%, subject to a ceiling of $1,500 per case.

    The Government said the concessions will benefit about 2.14 million taxpayers and about 165,400 taxpaying businesses, with about 16% of taxpayers and 12% of taxpaying businesses not needing to pay tax for 2024-25. Government revenue will be reduced by about $3.1 billion.

    The bill as passed will be published in the Government Gazette on May 9.

    The tax concessions will be reflected in taxpayers’ final tax payable for the 2024-25 year of assessment.

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Provisional financial results for year ended March 31, 2025

    Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

    Provisional financial results for year ended March 31, 2025 
         Expenditure and revenue for the year ended March 31, 2025 amounted to HK$753.2 billion and HK$564.9 billion respectively, resulting in a deficit of HK$80.3 billion after taking into account HK$130 billion received from issuance of Government Bonds and repayment of HK$22 billion principal on Government Bonds.
     
         Expenditure and revenue for the year were 3 per cent (HK$23.7 billion) and 10.8 per cent (HK$68.1 billion) lower than the original estimate respectively.
     
         The consolidated deficit for the year was HK$80.3 billion, i.e. HK$6.9 billion lower than the revised estimate of HK$87.2 billion. Revenue was HK$5.3 billion (1 per cent) higher than expected, mainly attributable to stamp duties ($5.9 billion higher) and salaries tax ($0.9 billion higher). Expenditure was HK$1.5 billion (0.2 per cent) lower than the revised estimate mainly due to lower-than-expected requirements.
     
         The fiscal reserves stood at HK$654.3 billion as at March 31, 2025.
     
         A Government spokesperson said that these are provisional figures pending the final closing of the annual accounts. According to experience, any changes to the provisional figures are unlikely to be significant.
     
         Detailed figures are shown in Tables 1 and 2.
     
    TABLE 1. CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNT (PROVISIONAL) (Note 1)
     

     
     March 31, 2025
    HK$ millionMarch 31, 2025
    HK$ millionand repayment of
    Government Bondsissuance of
    Government BondsGovernment Bonds*and repayment of
    Government BondsGovernment Debts as at March 31, 2025 (Note 3)
        HK$299,344 million
    Debts Guaranteed by Government as at March 31, 2025 (Note 4)
        HK$127,472 million

    TABLE 2. FISCAL RESERVES (PROVISIONAL)
     

     
     March 31, 2025
    HK$ millionMarch 31, 2025
    HK$ millionissuance and repayment of
    Government Bonds(Note 5)Notes:

    1. This Account consolidates the General Revenue Account and the following eight Funds: Capital Works Reserve Fund, Capital Investment Fund, Civil Service Pension Reserve Fund, Disaster Relief Fund, Innovation and Technology Fund, Land Fund, Loan Fund and Lotteries Fund. It excludes the Bond Fund, the balance of which is not part of the fiscal reserves. The Bond Fund balance as at March 31, 2025, was HK$225,261 million. 
    (i) the Green Bonds (equivalent to HK$194,375 million as at March 31, 2025) issued under the Government Sustainable Bond Programme. They were denominated in US dollars (US$9,950 million with maturity from January 2026 to January 2053), euros (4,580 million euros with maturity from February 2026 to November 2041), Renminbi (RMB34,000 million with maturity from June 2025 to July 2054) and Hong Kong dollars (HK$42,000 million with maturity from May 2025 to October 2026);
     
    (ii) the Infrastructure Bonds (equivalent to HK$50,177 million as at March 31, 2025) issued under the Infrastructure Bond Programme. They were denominated in Renminbi (RMB13,500 million with maturity from December 2025 to November 2034) and Hong Kong dollars (HK$35,730 million with maturity from November 2025 to March 2045); and
     
    (iii) the Silver Bonds with nominal value of HK$54,792 million (with maturity in October 2027 and may be redeemed before maturity upon request from bond holders) issued under the Infrastructure Bond Programme.
     
         They do not include the outstanding bonds with nominal value of HK$176,340 million and alternative bonds with nominal value of US$1,000 million (equivalent to HK$7,778 million as at March 31, 2025) issued under the Government Bond Programme with proceeds credited to the Bond Fund. Of these bonds under the Government Bond Programme (including Silver Bonds with nominal value of HK$96,340 million, which may be redeemed before maturity upon request from bond holders), bonds with nominal value of HK$6,500 million were repaid upon maturity on April 14, 2025; bonds with nominal value of HK$68,590 million will mature within the period from May 2025 to March 2026 and the rest within the period from April 2026 to May 2042.Issued at HKT 16:30

    NNNN

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

  • MIL-OSI: Subsea 7 S.A. Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Luxembourg – 30 April 2025 – Subsea 7 S.A. (Oslo Børs: SUBC, ADR: SUBCY, ISIN: LU0075646355, the Company) announced today results of Subsea7 Group (the Group, Subsea7) for the first quarter which ended 31 March 2025.

    Highlights 

    • First quarter Adjusted EBITDA of $236 million, up 46% on the prior year, equating to a margin of 15%
    • Strong operational and financial performance from both Subsea and Conventional and Renewables, with Adjusted EBITDA margins of 18% and 10% respectively
    • Guidance for full year 2025 reaffirmed
    • A high-quality backlog of $10.8 billion gives over 80% visibility on 2025 revenue guidance and supports the outlook for Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion to 18 to 20%
    • Balance sheet remains strong with net debt including lease liabilities of $632 million, equating to 0.5 times the Adjusted EBITDA generated in the last four quarters
        Three Months Ended
    For the period (in $ millions, except Adjusted EBITDA margin and per share data)     31 Mar 2025
    Unaudited    		 31 Mar 2024
    Unaudited
    Revenue     1,529 1,395
    Adjusted EBITDA(a)     236 162
    Adjusted EBITDA margin(a)     15% 12%
    Net operating income     77 20
    Net income     17 29
             
    Earnings per share – in $ per share        
    Basic     0.06 0.09
    Diluted(b)     0.06 0.09
             
    At (in $ millions)      

    31 Mar 2025
    Unaudited

    		  

     31 Dec 2024
    Unaudited
    Backlog(a)     10,819 11,175
    Book-to-bill ratio(a)     0.6x 1.2x
    Cash and cash equivalents     459 575
    Borrowings     (691) (722)
    Net debt excluding lease liabilities(a)     (232) (147)
    Net debt including lease liabilities(a)     (632) (602)

    (a) For explanations and reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Backlog, Book-to-bill ratio and Net debt refer to the ‘Alternative Performance Measures’ section of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

    (b) For the explanation and a reconciliation of diluted earnings per share refer to Note 7 ‘Earnings per share’ to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

    John Evans, Chief Executive Officer, said:

    Subsea7 had a good start to 2025 with solid financial performance underpinned by strong project execution, which offset a heavy vessel maintenance schedule. The Group reported 10% revenue growth year-on-year and Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion of 380bps, putting us on track to meet full year expectations. With backlog of $10.8 billion including $4.8 billion for execution in the remainder of the year, we have a high level of visibility for 2025.

    Although uncertainty in the global economy has increased in recent months, the outlook for long-term energy demand growth remains positive. Subsea7’s strategy to focus on long-duration developments in cost-advantaged sectors of the deepwater adds resilience to our subsea business, and our exposure to strategic gas developments, such as the Sakarya field in Türkiye, and new oil provinces such as Namibia, gives us further confidence. In offshore wind, we are positive about the opportunities presented by this year’s CFD allocation round in the UK, where it is expected that the volume of projects sanctioned will nearly double year-on-year. We are well-positioned in this market, with a strong track record and collaborative client relationships.  

    Overall, while volatility in commodity prices and global tariffs create headwinds for investor sentiment in the sector, the fundamentals of our industry remain robust and our focused strategy leaves the Group well-positioned to deliver strong growth in profitability and cash generation in 2025.

    First quarter project review
    During the first quarter, we undertook significant planned vessel maintenance. This maintenance ensures that our vessels are optimised ahead of a busy year. Nevertheless we made good progress on our subsea, conventional and renewables projects. In Africa, Seven Arctic was active installing flexibles and umbilicals at Agogo in Angola, where it was joined by Seven Borealis, after it completed Zuluf in Saudi Arabia. Seven Pacific was busy at the Raven field in Egypt before mobilising for early flexlay work at Sakarya in Türkiye. In the Americas, Seven Oceans undertook work on a range of projects including Sunspear, Salamanca and Shenandoah in the US, while Seven Seas worked mainly on Cypre in Trinidad and Tobago and Seven Vega continued rigid pipelay at Mero 3 in Brazil.   

    In Renewables, Seaway Strashnov and Seaway Alfa Lift underwent maintenance before preparing to restart work at Dogger Bank in the UK. We also took advantage of the winter off-season to install a monopile gripper on Seaway Ventus before starting the East Anglia THREE project in the UK, where we will install 95 monopiles. In Taiwan we were active on Hai Long.

    First quarter financial review
    Revenue was $1.5 billion an increase of 10% compared to the prior year period. Adjusted EBITDA of $236 million equated to a margin of 15%, up from 12% in Q1 2024. A strong operational performance in Subsea and Conventional, and high activity in Taiwan in Renewables helped offset seasonal weakness and vessel maintenance.

    Depreciation and amortisation charges were $160 million, resulting in net operating income of $77 million compared to $20 million in the prior year period. Net finance costs of $17 million and a net foreign exchange loss of $28 million, resulted in net income for the quarter of $17 million compared to $29 million in the prior year period.

    Net cash generated from operating activities in the first quarter was $51 million, including a $163 million adverse movement in net working capital. Net cash used in investing activities was $68 million mainly related to purchases of property, plant and equipment. Net cash used in financing activities was $106 million including lease payments of $59 million. Overall, cash and cash equivalents decreased by $116 million in the quarter to $459 million at 31 March 2025 and net debt was $632 million, including lease liabilities of $400 million.

    First quarter order intake was $0.9 billion comprising new awards of $0.4 billion and escalations of $0.5 billion resulting in a book-to-bill ratio of 0.6 times. Backlog at the end of March was $10.8 billion, of which $4.8 billion is expected to be executed in 2025, $3.5 billion in 2026 and $2.5 billion in 2027 and beyond.

    Guidance

    Our financial guidance for 2025 is unchanged. We continue to anticipate that revenue in 2025 will be between $6.8 billion and $7.2 billion, while the Adjusted EBITDA margin is expected to be within a range from 18% to 20%. Based on our firm backlog of contracts and the prospects in our tendering pipeline, we expect margins to exceed 20% in 2026.

    Conference Call Information
    Date: 30 April 2025
    Time: 12:00 UK Time, 13:00 CET
    Access the webcast at subsea7.com or https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/3v6564ut/
    Register for the conference call https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BI419d51592b6f40e8823c7efe91ab9dab

    For further information, please contact:
    Katherine Tonks
    Head of Investor Relations
    Tel: +44-20-8210-5568
    Email: ir@subsea7.com

    Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This document may contain ‘forward-looking statements’ (within the meaning of the safe harbour provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995). These statements relate to our current expectations, beliefs, intentions, assumptions or strategies regarding the future and are subject to known and unknown risks that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in these statements. Forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of words such as ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘estimate’, ‘expect’, ‘future’, ‘goal’, ‘intend’, ‘likely’, ‘may’, ‘plan’, ‘project’, ‘seek’, ‘should’, ‘strategy’, ‘will’, and similar expressions. The principal risks which could affect future operations of the Group are described in the ‘Risk Management’ section of the Group’s Annual Report. Factors that may cause actual and future results and trends to differ materially from our forward-looking statements include (but are not limited to): (i) our ability to deliver fixed-price projects in accordance with client expectations and within the parameters of our bids, and to avoid cost overruns; (ii) our ability to collect receivables, negotiate variation orders and collect the related revenue; (iii) our ability to recover costs on significant projects; (iv) capital expenditure by oil and gas companies, which is affected by fluctuations in the price of, and demand for, crude oil and natural gas; (v) unanticipated delays or cancellation of projects included in our backlog; (vi) competition and price fluctuations in the markets and businesses in which we operate; (vii) the loss of, or deterioration in our relationship with, any significant clients; (viii) the outcome of legal proceedings or governmental inquiries; (ix) uncertainties inherent in operating internationally, including economic, political and social instability, boycotts or embargoes, labour unrest, changes in foreign governmental regulations, corruption and currency fluctuations; (x) the effects of a pandemic or epidemic or a natural disaster; (xi) liability to third parties for the failure of our joint venture partners to fulfil their obligations; (xii) changes in, or our failure to comply with, applicable laws and regulations (including regulatory measures addressing climate change); (xiii) operating hazards, including spills, environmental damage, personal or property damage and business interruptions caused by adverse weather; (xiv) equipment or mechanical failures, which could increase costs, impair revenue and result in penalties for failure to meet project completion requirements; (xv) the timely delivery of vessels on order and the timely completion of ship conversion programmes; (xvi) our ability to keep pace with technological changes and the impact of potential information technology, cyber security or data security breaches; (xvii) global availability at scale and commercial viability of suitable alternative vessel fuels; and, (xviii) the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Many of these factors are beyond our ability to control or predict. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements. Each forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date of this document. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    This information is considered to be inside information pursuant to the EU Market Abuse Regulation and is subject to the disclosure requirements pursuant to Section 5-12 of the Norwegian Securities Trading Act. This stock exchange release was published by Katherine Tonks, Investor Relations, Subsea7, on 30 April 2025 08:00 CET.

    Attachments

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: High Arctic Overseas Announces 2024 Fourth Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRE SERVICES OR FOR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES. ANY FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS RESTRICTION MAY CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OF U.S. SECURITIES LAW

    CALGARY, Alberta, April 30, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — High Arctic ‎Overseas Holdings Corp. (TSXV: HOH) (“High Arctic Overseas” or the “Corporation”) has released its financial and operating results for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2024. The Corporation’s audited consolidated financial statements (the “Financial Statements”) and management’s discussion & analysis (“MD&A”) for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, will be available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca. All amounts are denominated in United States dollars (“USD”), unless otherwise indicated.

    The common shares of the Corporation began trading on the TSXV on August 16, 2024 under the trading symbol HOH.

    Mike Maguire, Chief Executive Officer commented on the Corporation’s fourth quarter 2024 financial and operating results:

    “We have finished the spin-out transaction and have established High Arctic Overseas Holdings Corp. with dedicated Management and have trimmed our recurring G&A on a go forward basis. We have maintained the Corporation’s cash balance thanks to solid contribution from our manpower services & equipment rentals.

    The Corporation is now well placed to participate meaningfully in anticipated future drilling activity, with a resilient core business. Our experience combined with ideal drilling equipment for the challenging PNG environment positions us well.

    We are heartened by announced LNG developments including key environmental approvals for Papua LNG and positive public statements by the PNG Prime Minister following meetings with senior executives from the major project participants in January.

    I remain excited about our prospects to play a strategic role servicing the major projects anticipated in PNG over the second half of the decade.”

    HIGHLIGHTS

    • Adjusted EBITDA for the Quarter and full year of ($482) and $4,290 as a result of low drilling activity and costs associated with the close out of the spin-out.
    • Significant adjustments to inventory carrying value as a result of confirmation of the terms of contracts which resulted in a one-time positive non-cash impact to earnings of $3.4 million;
    • Post the spin-out we have established independent management team and expect to see General and Administrative costs normalise moving forward; and
    • Exited the quarter with a strong liquidity position with a working capital balance of $20.6 million which includes a cash balance of $14.9 million and no debt.

    2024 FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS

    • Drilling rig 103 remained suspended and drilling rigs 115 and 116 remained cold-stacked. Manpower services and rental services continued with other customers. Operating margins decreased from 32.2% in Q4 2023 to 28.6% in Q4 2024. The net result was a substantial reduction to revenue and the generation of a significantly lower EBITDA in the quarter:
      • Revenue for the quarter of $2,421, a decrease of $10,112 or 81% compared to Q4 2023 at $12,533, and
      • Adjusted negative EBITDA of $482, decrease of $3,418 or 116% compared to Q4 2023 at $2,936.
    • The reduced revenue generating activities in Q4 2024 were offset by the significant adjustments to inventory and reported obligations that were the result of renegotiated terms of contracts related to spares inventory, this resulted in:
      • Net income of $1,806 in Q4 2024 compared to net income of $1,907 realized in Q4 2023.

    2024 YEAR TO DATE RESULTS

    • Drilling Rig 103 operated through into Q2 2024 when drilling was suspended at which point it was cold stacked. Manpower services and rentals with other customers continued at similar run rates through the remainder of 2024. Operating margins improved from 2023 of 33.2% to 37.7% in 2024 as a result of reduced material and supply costs and higher proportional contribution from higher margin rentals.
      • Revenue for 2024 was $24,075, a reduction of $19,305 or 45% compared to 2023,
      • Adjusted EBITDA for 2024 was $4,290, a 60% reduction compared to 2023 as a result of general and administrative costs not reducing proportionally to revenue, and
      • General and administrative costs were impacted by additional expenses related to the Arrangement.
    • The reduced operating activities combined with the Q4 2024 significant adjustments to inventory and reported obligations drove the following results for the Corporation:
      • Net income of $2,857 for 2024 compared to a net loss of $8,623 for the same period 2023 which included an impairment charge of $15,200.
    • Improved liquidity with a working capital balance of $20.6 million, which includes a cash balance of $14.9 million.

    Since the Corporation and HAES-Cyprus were both wholly-owned by HWO, the transfer of all of the outstanding ordinary shares of HAES-Cyprus to the Corporation was deemed a common control transaction. The Corporation’s Financial Statements are presented under the continuity of interests basis. Financial and operational results contained within this Press Release present the historic financial position, results of operations and cash flows of HAES-Cyprus for all prior periods up to August 12, 2024, under HWO’s control. The financial position, results of operations and cash flows from April 1, 2024 (the date of incorporation of the Corporation) to August 12, 2024, include both HAES-Cyprus and the Corporation on a combined basis and from August 12, 2024, forward include the results of the Corporation on a consolidated basis upon completion of the Arrangement.

    For reporting purposes in the Financial Statements, the MD&A and this Press Release, it is assumed that the Corporation held the PNG business prior to August 12, 2024, and as such, information provided includes the financial and operating results for the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2024, including all comparative periods.

    In the above results discussion, the three months ended December 31, 2024 may be referred to as the “quarter” or “Q4 2024” and the comparative three months ended December 31, 2023 may be referred to as “Q4 2023”. References to other quarters may be presented as “QX 20XX” with X/XX being the quarter/year to which the commentary relates. Additionally, the twelve months ended December 31, 2024 may be referred to as “YTD” or “YTD 2024”. References to other twelve-month periods ended December 31 may be presented as “YTD 20XX” with XX being the year to which the twelve-month period ended December 31 commentary relates.

    FOURTH QUARTER 2024 SELECT FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

       Three months ended Dec 31,   Year ended Dec 31,  
    (thousands of USD except per share amounts) 2024   2023   2024   2023  
    Operating results        
    Revenue 2,421   12,533   24,075   43,380  
    Net income (loss) 1,806   1,907   2,857   (8,623 )
    Per share (basic and diluted) (1) $0.14 $0.16 $0.23   ($0.69 )
    Operating margin (2) 693   4,037   9,069   14,416  
    Operating margin as a % of revenue (2) 28.6%   32.2%   37.7%   33.2%  
    EBITDA (2) 2,887   2,975   7,733   11,211  
    Adjusted EBITDA (2) (482)   2,936   4,290   10,797  
    Adjusted EBITDA as a % of revenue (2) (19.9%)   23.4%   17.8%   24.9%  
    Operating income (loss) (2) (1,264)   2,240   455   4,575  
    Per share (basic and diluted) (1) ($0.10 $0.18 $0.04   $0.37  
    Cash flow from operations:        
    Cash flow from operating activities 248   6,131   10,112   8,906  
    Per share (basic & diluted) (1) $0.02 $0.49 $0.81   $0.71  
    Funds flow from operating activities (2) 2,667   2,929   6,770   10,273  
    Per share (basic & diluted) (1) $0.21 $0.24 $0.54   $0.83  
    Capital expenditures 62   93   652   1,080  
         
    (thousands of USD)       As at Dec 31, 2024   As at Dec 31, 2023  
    Financial position:        
    Working capital (2)       20,602   20,335  
    Cash and cash equivalents       14,930   10,958  
    Total assets       35,287   43,374  
    Shareholder’s equity       30,953   33,112  
    Per share (basic) (1)     $2.48   $2.66  
    Per share (fully diluted) (1)     $2.47   $2.66  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding (000’s) (1)       12,448   12,448  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding (000’s) (1)       12,539   12,448  

    (1) For the purposes of computing per share amounts, the number of common shares outstanding for the periods prior to the Arrangement is deemed to be the number of shares issued by the Corporation to the shareholders of HWO upon completion of the Arrangement. For the period after the Arrangement, the number of shares outstanding in the computation of per share amounts is the total issued shares of the Corporation on August 12, 2024, and any common shares issued subsequent to August 12, 2024. See the “Overview” section of this MD&A and the Corporation’s Financial Statements as at and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 for additional details.
    (2) Operating margin, EBITDA (Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization), Adjusted EBITDA, Operating income (loss), Funds flow from operating activities and Working capital do not have a standardized meanings prescribed by IFRS. See “Non IFRS Measures” in this MD&A for calculations of these measures.

    Operating Results

      Three months ended Dec 31,   Year ended Dec 31,  
    (thousands of USD, unless otherwise noted) 2024   2023   2024   2023  
    Revenue 2,421   12,533   24,075   43,380  
    Operating expense (1,728)   (8,496)   (15,006)   (28,964)  
    Operating margin(1) 693   4,037   9,069   14,416  
    Operating margin (%) 28.6%   32.2%   37.7%   33.2%  

     (1)   See “Non-IFRS Measures”

    Revenues totaled $2,421 and $24,075 for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, respectively, compared to $12,533 and $43,880 for the comparative periods in 2023. Revenues for the year ended 2024 and Q4 2024, as compared to the prior year comparative periods, were negatively impacted as a result of reduced overall utilization of Rig 103. Customer-owned Rig 103 was utilized for 8 months during 2023 versus the first 5.5 months in 2024. Despite reduced drilling activity in 2024 compared to 2023, the Corporation was able to maintain a consistent level of activity related to the provision of skilled personnel for key customers in PNG. Operating margin as a percentage of revenues increased from 2023 to 2024, largely as a result of reduced material and supply costs associated with the recommencement of Rig 103 during fiscal 2023 and a higher proportional contribution by higher margin rentals in 2024.

    The Corporation owns two heli-portable drilling rigs (Rigs 115 and 116) which remain preserved and maintained ready for deployment.

      Three months ended Dec 31,   Year ended Dec 31,  
    (thousands of USD except per share amounts) 2024   2023   2024   2023  
    Operating results        
    Revenue 2,421   12,533   24,075   43,380  
    Net income (loss) 1,806   1,907   2,857   (8,623)  
    Per share (basic and diluted) (1) $0.14 $0.16 $0.23 ($0.69)  
    Operating margin (2) 693   4,037   9,069   14,416  
    Operating margin as a % of revenue (2) 28.6%   32.2%   37.7%   33.2%  
    EBITDA (2) 2,887   2,975   7,733   11,211  
    Adjusted EBITDA (2) (482)   2,936   4,290   10,797  
    Adjusted EBITDA as a % of revenue (2) (19.9%)   23.4%   17.8%   24.9%  
    Operating income (loss) (2) (1,264)   2,240   455   4,575  
    Per share (basic and diluted) (1) ($0.10 $0.18 $0.04 $0.37  
    Cash flow from operations:        
    Cash flow from operating activities 248   6,131   10,112   8,906  
    Per share (basic & diluted) (1) $0.02 $0.49 $0.81 $0.71  
    Funds flow from operating activities (2) 2,667   2,929   6,770   10,273  
    Per share (basic & diluted) (1) $0.21 $0.24 $0.54 $0.83  
    Capital expenditures 62   93   652   1,080  
         
    (thousands of USD)       As at Dec 31, 2024   As at Dec 31, 2023  
    Financial position:        
    Working capital (2)       20,602   20,335  
    Cash and cash equivalents       14,930   10,958  
    Total assets       35,287   43,374  
    Shareholder’s equity       30,953   33,112  
    Per share (basic) (1)     $2.48 $2.66  
    Per share (fully diluted) (1)     $2.47 $2.66  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding (000’s) (1)       12,448   12,448  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding (000’s) (1)       12,539   12,448  

    (1) For the purposes of computing per share amounts, the number of common shares outstanding for the periods prior to the Arrangement is deemed to be the number of shares issued by the Corporation to the shareholders of HWO upon completion of the Arrangement. For the period after the Arrangement, the number of shares outstanding in the computation of per share amounts is the total issued shares of the Corporation on August 12, 2024, and any common shares issued subsequent to August 12, 2024. See the “Overview” section of this Press Release and the Corporation’s Financial Statements as at and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 for additional details.
    (2) Operating margin, EBITDA (Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization), Adjusted EBITDA, Operating income (loss), Funds flow from operating activities and Working capital do not have a standardized meanings prescribed by IFRS. See “Non IFRS Measures” in this Press Release for calculations of these measures.

    Operating Results

      Three months ended Dec 31,   Year ended Dec 31,  
    (thousands of USD, unless otherwise noted) 2024   2023   2024   2023  
    Revenue 2,421   12,533   24,075   43,380  
    Operating expense (1,728)   (8,496)   (15,006)   (28,964)  
    Operating margin(1) 693   4,037   9,069   14,416  
    Operating margin (%) 28.6%   32.2%   37.7%   33.2%  

     (1)   See “Non-IFRS Measures”

    Revenues totaled $2,421 and $24,075 for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, respectively, compared to $12,533 and $43,880 for the comparative periods in 2023. Revenues for the year ended 2024 and Q4 2024, as compared to the prior year comparative periods, were negatively impacted as a result of reduced overall utilization of Rig 103. Customer-owned Rig 103 was utilized for 8 months during 2023 versus the first 5.5 months in 2024. Despite reduced drilling activity in 2024 compared to 2023, the Corporation was able to maintain a consistent level of activity related to the provision of skilled personnel for key customers in PNG. Operating margin as a percentage of revenues increased from 2023 to 2024, largely as a result of reduced material and supply costs associated with the recommencement of Rig 103 during fiscal 2023 and a higher proportional contribution by higher margin rentals in 2024.

    The Corporation owns two heli-portable drilling rigs (Rigs 115 and 116) which remain preserved and maintained ready for deployment.

    Liquidity and Capital Resources

      Three months ended Dec 31,   Year ended Dec 31,  
    (thousands of USD) 2024   2023   2024   2023  
    Cash provided by (used in) operations:        
    Operating activities 248   6,131   10,112   8,906  
    Investing activities (62)   (93)   (652)   (1,080)  
    Financing activities (113)   (179)   (5,487)   (714)  
    Effect of exchange rate changes (1)   –   (1)   –  
    Increase (decrease) in cash 72   5,859   3,972   7,112  

    (thousands of USD, unless otherwise noted)  

    		 As at
    Dec 31, 2024    		   As at
    Dec 31, 2023    		  
    Current assets   24,706   30,090  
    Working capital(1)   20,602   20,335  
    Working capital ratio(1)   6.0:1   3.1:1  
    Cash and cash equivalents   14,930   10,958  

     (1)   See “Non-IFRS Measures”

    Liquidity and Capital Resources
    Cashflows from Operating Activities
    For the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, cash generated from operating activities was $248 (Q4 2023 $6,131) and $10,112 (YTD-2023 $8,906), respectively. The change in operating cash flow was largely driven by changes in working capital related to the timing of drilling activity in the respective years with a cash drawdown in 2023 as operations ramped up and a cash harvesting in 2024 as operations were ceased.

    Cashflows from Investing Activities
    For the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, the Corporation’s cash used in investing activities was $62 (Q4 2023 $93) and $652 (YTD-2023 $1,080), respectively. Cash outflows associated with investing activities were directed towards capital expenditures on rental assets. The reduction in capital expenditures in 2024 is due to reduced customer activity. The Corporation will continue to seek opportunities to invest in additional capital assets, in particular where it can do so under take-or-pay agreements.

    Cash flows from Financing Activities
    For the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, the Corporation’s cash used in financing activities was $113 (Q4 2023 $179) and $5,487 (YTD-2023 $714) respectively. Excluding the impact of a $5,000 dividend paid by HAES-Cyprus to HWO prior to the completion of the Arrangement transaction, cash outflows associated with finance activities were directed towards lease obligation payments.

    Outlook
    Consistent with the outlook provided by the Corporation in the third quarter of 2024, the outlook for the Corporation’s core business in PNG for 2025 remains subdued. The Corporation’s 2024 fourth quarter and annual results were impacted by the completion of customer drilling activity during the second quarter of 2024, with Rig 103 being relocated to the customer’s forward base location and cold-stacked. With no near-term drilling activity currently anticipated, the Corporation expects equipment rental and manpower to be the primary revenue generating activity for 2025. Quarterly revenues for 2025 are anticipated to be consistent with third and fourth quarters of 2024.

    The Corporation remains engaged with its principal customer on planning for future drilling activity and continues to focus on enhancing and optimizing its existing rental fleet deployment and manpower solutions offerings.

    The Corporation also continues to pursue business expansion opportunities in PNG, actively engaging with potential customers for its services in PNG and the wider region while also taking actions to protect its capability to realize the future potential of the business.

    Our rationale for a business strategy focussed on PNG is unchanged. Papua New Guinea possesses substantial deposits of natural resources including significant reserves of oil and natural gas and has emerged as a reliable low-cost energy exporter to Asian markets, particularly for liquefied natural gas (“LNG”). A significant investment in the country’s oil and gas industry was evidenced by the successful construction of the PNG-LNG project in 2014, with the primary partners in the venture being customers of the Corporation. In the period following, the Corporation’s predecessor company committed to the purchase and upgrade of drilling rigs 115 and 116 and expansion of the Corporation’s fleet of rentable equipment including camps, material handling equipment and worksite matting. These investments contributed to a substantive lift in revenues and earnings as PNG enjoyed its highest period of exploration and development activity.

    Since the onset of COVID-19 in early 2020, there has been a substantive reduction in drilling services in PNG. This follows some consolidation among the active exploration and production companies and evolving political and economic influences. In the longer term, High Arctic believes PNG is on the precipice of a new round of large-scale projects in the natural resources sector. ‎The next significant ‎LNG project currently being planned is Papua-LNG a project lead by the French oil and gas super-major TotalEnergies, with a final investment decision anticipated in late 2025. There is an expectation for increased drilling activity through the latter half of this decade, ‎not only to develop wells for the supply of gas to the Papua-LNG export facility, but also to explore for and ‎appraise other discoveries. The signing of a fiscal stability agreement between the P’nyang gas field joint venture and the government of PNG is another positive signal for that expansionary project to follow Papua-LNG.

    The Corporation is strategically positioned to support these developments, given its dominant position for drilling and associated services in PNG, existing work relationships with the operating companies, and proximity to the proposed sites of operation. The Corporation’s drilling rigs 115 and 116 are portable by helicopter and have been maintained and preserved for future use.

    There are a number of other petroleum projects and substantive nation-building projects including infrastructure, ‎electrification, telecommunications and defence projects planned for the development of PNG. ‎These ‎projects will require access to transport and material handling machinery, quality worksite and temporary ‎road mats and a substantive amount of labour including skilled equipment operators, qualified tradespeople and engineers, ‎geoscientists and other professionals. ‎High Arctic’s business continues to position itself to be a meaningful supplier of services, equipment and manpower for this market.

    NON-IFRS MEASURES
    This Press Release contains references to certain financial measures that do not have a standardized meaning prescribed by International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and may not be comparable to the same or similar measures used by other companies. High Arctic Overseas uses these financial measures to assess performance and believes these measures provide useful supplemental information to shareholders and investors. These financial measures are computed on a consistent basis for each reporting period and include Oilfield services operating margin, EBITDA (Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization), Adjusted EBITDA, Operating loss, Funds flow from operating activities, Working capital and Net cash. These do not have standardized meanings.

    These financial measures should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income (loss), cash from operating activities, current assets or current liabilities, cash and/or other measures of financial performance as determined in accordance with IFRS.

    For additional information regarding non-IFRS measures, including their use to management and investors and reconciliations to measures recognized by IFRS, please refer to the Corporation’s Q3 2024 MD&A, which is available online at www.sedarplus.ca.

    About High Arctic ‎Overseas Holdings Corp.

    High Arctic Overseas is a market leader in Papua New Guinea providing drilling ‎and specialized well completion services, manpower solutions and supplies rental equipment including rig matting, camps, material ‎handling and drilling support equipment.

    For further information, please contact:

    Mike Maguire                                                
    Chief Executive Officer                                 
    1.587.320.1301                                        
                            
    High Arctic Overseas Holdings Corp.                        
    Suite 2350, 330–5th Avenue SW                        
    Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2P 0L4                                                           
    www.higharctic.com
    Email: info@higharctic.com                         

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This Press Release contains forward-looking statements. When used in this document, the words “may”, “would”, “could”, “will”, “intend”, “plan”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “seek”, “propose”, “estimate”, “expect”, and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect the Corporation’s current views with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Many factors could cause the Corporation’s actual results, performance, or achievements to vary from those described in this Press Release.

    Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should assumptions underlying forward-looking statements prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described in this Press Release as intended, planned, anticipated, believed, estimated or expected. Specific forward-looking statements in this Press Release include, among others, statements pertaining to the following: future energy projects including drilling activity and LNG projects in PNG; the Corporation’s ability to participate in the energy industry in PNG; potential future contracts with existing or new customers of the Corporation; future infrastructure and defence projects in PNG and the ability of the Corporation to participate in same; the Corporation’s expectations related to financial and operational results in 2025, including the expectation that the equipment rental and manpower services portion of the Corporation’s business will be the primary revenue generating activity for fiscal 2025; the timing and ability of the Corporation to put its own administrative infrastructure in place; the ability of the Corporation to expand its geographic customer base outside of PNG; and the deploying idle heli-portable drilling rigs 115 and 116 and securing future work with other exploration companies in PNG.

    With respect to forward-looking statements contained in this Press Release, the Corporation has made assumptions regarding, among other things: general economic and business conditions; the role of the energy services industry in future phases of the energy industry; the outlook for energy services both globally and within PNG; the impact of conflict in the Middle East and Ukraine; the timing and impact on the Corporation’s business related to potential new large-scale natural resources projects and increased drilling activity in PNG; the impact, if any, related to existing or future changes to government regulations by the government of PNG; the impact, if any, on the Corporation’s future financial and operational results related to non-resource development opportunities in PNG; market fluctuations in commodity prices, and foreign currency exchange rates; restrictions on repatriation of funds held in PNG; expectations regarding the Corporation’s ability to manage its liquidity risk, raise capital and manage its debt finance agreements; projections of market prices and costs; factors upon which the Corporation will decide whether or not to undertake a specific course of operational action or expansion; the Corporation’s ongoing relationship with its major customers; customers’ drilling intentions; the Corporation’s ability to position itself to be a significant supplier of services, equipment and manpower for other resource and non-resources based projects in PNG; the Corporation’s ability to invest in additional capital assets, including the impact on the Corporation’s future financial and operational results; the impact, if any, of geo-political events, changes in government, changes to tariff’s or related trade policies and the potential impact on the Corporation’s ability to execute on its 2025 business plan and strategic objectives; the Corporation’s ability to: maintain its ongoing relationship with major customers; successfully market its services to current and new customers; devise methods for, and achieve its primary objectives; source and obtain equipment from suppliers; successfully manage, operate, and thrive in an environment which is facing much uncertainty; remain competitive in all its operations; attract and retain skilled employees; and obtain equity and debt financing on satisfactory terms and manage liquidity related risks. While the Corporation considers these assumptions to be reasonable, the assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies.

    A description of additional risk factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking information can be found in the Corporation’s disclosure documents on the SEDAR+ website at www.sedarplus.ca. Although the Corporation has attempted to identify important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking information, there may be other factors that cause results not to be as anticipated, estimated or intended. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking information. Although the Corporation has attempted to identify important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking information, there may be other factors that cause results not to be as anticipated, estimated or intended. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking information.

    The forward-looking statements contained in this Press Release are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. These statements are given only as of the date of this Press Release. The Corporation does not assume any obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect new information, subsequent events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    Neither the TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in the ‎policies of the TSX Venture Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Ringkjøbing Landbobank’s quarterly report for the first quarter of 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Nasdaq Copenhagen
    London Stock Exchange
    Euronext Dublin
    Other stakeholders

    30 April 2025

    Ringkjøbing Landbobank’s quarterly report for the first quarter of 2025

    The bank’s board of directors and general management today approved the quarterly report for the first quarter of 2025.

    The bank delivers core earnings of DKK 812 million and net profit of DKK 616 million in the first quarter of the year. The net profit is equivalent to a 22% p.a. return on equity.

    Core earnings

    (DKK million) Q1 2025 Q1 2024 2024 2023 2022 2021
    Total core income 1,056 1,040 4,068 3,828 2,862 2,433
    Total expenses and depreciation 259 247 1,044 963 891 817
    Core earnings before impairment charges for loans 797 793 3,024 2,865 1,971 1,616
    Impairment charges for loans etc. +24 0 +3 -1 -2 -68
    Core earnings 821 793 3,027 2,864 1,969 1,548
    Result for the portfolio etc. -6 +23 +62 -7 -69 +7
    Amortisation and write-downs on intangible assets 5 5 20 20 20 17
    Tax 194 195 768 682 385 309
    Net profit 616 616 2,301 2,155 1,495 1,229

    Highlights of the first quarter of 2025

    • The net profit of DKK 616 million is unchanged compared to last year and equivalent to a 22% p.a. return on equity
    • Earnings per share (net profit) increase by 5% to DKK 24.5 in the quarter
    • Core income increases by 2% to DKK 1,056 million
    • Costs increase by 5%, and the cost/income ratio is 24.5%
    • Continued strong credit quality means that impairment charges of DKK 24 million were carried to income in the quarter
    • Highly satisfactory increase in customer numbers and growth of 10% in loans and 8% in deposits
    • The Ringkjøbing Landbobank brand remains in first place in the annual Voxmeter image survey
    • Decision to launch a new share buyback programme for DKK 1 billion
    • The expectations for net profit for 2025 are maintained unchanged in the range DKK 1.8 – 2.2 billion

    Yours sincerely

    Ringkjøbing Landbobank

    John Fisker
    CEO

    Attachments

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Credit Agricole Sa: Results first quarter 2025 – INCREASED REVENUES, STRONG PROFITABILITY DESPITE EXCEPTIONAL HIGH TAX IMPACT

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

                                       INCREASED REVENUES, STRONG PROFITABILITY
                                             DESPITE EXCEPTIONAL HIGH TAX IMPACT    		  
               
      CRÉDIT AGRICOLE S.A. CRÉDIT AGRICOLE GROUP    
      Q1 2025 Var. Q1/Q1 Q1 2025 Var Q1/Q1    
    Revenues 7,256 +6.6% 10,048 +5.5%    
    Expenses -3,991 +8.8% -5,992 +7.2%    
    Gross Operating Income 3,266 +4.1% 4,056 +3.0%    
    Cost of risk -413 +3.4% -735 +12.9%    
    Net pre-tax income 2,900 +4.6% 3,399 +1.6%    
    Net income group share 1,824 -4.2% 2,165 -9.2%    
    C/I ratio 55.0% +1.1 pp 59.6% +1.0 pp    
    NET PRE-TAX INCOME UP

    • Record quarterly revenues and strong growth, fuelled by the excellent performance by Asset Gathering and Large Customers
    • High profitability: contained cost/income ratio (increase in expenses of +3.2% Q1/Q1 excluding exceptional elements) and 15.9% return on tangible equity
    • Stable cost of risk
    • Results impacted by additional corporate tax charge

    EXCELLENT PERFORMANCE IN CIB AND ASSET GATHERING DIVISION

    • High CIB, asset management and insurance business, reflected in the increased level of insurance revenues with contributions from all activities, net inflows (medium-long term) and a record level of assets under management, as well as a new record reached by CIB
    • Loan production in France recovered compared with the low point in early 2024 without

    confirming the end-of-year momentum and consumer finance down, impacted by

    decreased activity in automotive financing; international credit activity at a high level.

    CAPITAL OPERATIONS AND STRATEGIC PROJECTS

    • Creation of the GAC Sofinco Leasing joint venture
      • Partnership created between Amundi and Victory Capital
    • Stake in the capital of Banco BPM increased to 19.8%
      • Planned acquisition of Banque Thaler announced by Indosuez Wealth Management

    AS EXPECTED, SOLVENCY RATIOS BENEFITING FROM THE POSITIVE IMPACT OF CRR3.

    • Crédit Agricole S.A.’s phased-in CET1 at 12.1% and Group phased-in CET1 at 17.6%

    CONTINUED SUPPORT FOR THE ENERGY TRANSITION

    • Continued withdrawal from fossil energies and reallocation to low-carbon energy sources
    • Support for the transition of households and businesses
     

    Dominique Lefebvre,
    Chairman of SAS Rue La Boétie and Chairman of the Crédit Agricole S.A. Board of Directors

    “Quarter after quarter, Crédit Agricole continues its action to support the major societal, environmental, agricultural and agri-food transitions, which are solid development levers for the entire Group. I would like to thank each of our employees for their daily commitment to serving our customers.“
     
     

    Philippe Brassac,
    Chief Executive Officer of Crédit Agricole S.A.

    “The Group has published high-level results this quarter, driven by strong revenue growth, despite exceptional taxation. Crédit Agricole S.A. posted record revenues this quarter and high profitability.”

    		  

    This press release comments on the results of Crédit Agricole S.A. and those of Crédit Agricole Group, which comprises the Crédit Agricole S.A. entities and the Crédit Agricole Regional Banks, which own 62.8% of Crédit Agricole S.A.

    All financial data are now presented stated for Crédit Agricole Group, Crédit Agricole S.A. and the business lines results, both for the income statement and for the profitability ratios.

    Crédit Agricole Group

    Group activity

    The Group’s commercial activity during the quarter continued at a steady pace across all business lines, with a good level of customer capture. In the first quarter of 2025, the Group recorded +550,000 new customers in retail banking. More specifically, over the year, the Group gained +433,000 new customers for Retail Banking in France and 117,000 new International Retail Banking customers (Italy and Poland).

    At 31 March 2025, in retail banking, on-balance sheet deposits totalled €835 billion, up +1.3% year-on-year in France and Italy (+1.6% for Regional Banks and LCL and -2.1% in Italy). Outstanding loans totalled €881 billion, up +1.0% year-on-year in France and Italy (+1.0% for Regional Banks and LCL and +1.6% in Italy). The upturn in home loan production continued in France compared to the low point observed at the beginning of 2024, without confirming the end-of-year momentum, partly explained by the seasonal effect, recording an increase of +37% for the Regional Banks and +46% for LCL compared to the first quarter of 2024, and -4.3% and -34% respectively compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. Home loan production by CA Italia is high and up +19% compared with the first quarter of 2024. The property and casualty insurance equipment rate1 rose to 44.2% for the Regional Banks (+0.8 percentage points compared to the first quarter of 2024), 28.0% for LCL (+0.2 percentage point) and 20.3% for CA Italia (+1.0 percentage point).

    In asset management, quarterly inflows remained strong at +€31.1 billion, fuelled by strong medium/long-term assets, excluding JVs (+€37 billion). In insurance, savings/retirement gross inflows rose to a record €10.8 billion over the quarter (+27% year-on-year), with the unit-linked rate in production staying at a high 34.3%. Net inflows were positive at +€4 billion, growing for both euro-denominated and unit-linked contracts. The strong performance in property and casualty insurance was driven by price changes and portfolio growth (16.8 million contracts at end-March 2025, +5% year-on-year). Assets under management totalled €2,878 billion, up +8.7% in the year for all three segments: asset management rose +6.2% over the year to €2,247 billion; life insurance was up +5.2% to €352 billion; and wealth management (Indosuez Wealth Management and LCL Private Banking) increased +41.3% year-on-year to €278 billion, notably with the positive impact of the consolidation of Degroof Petercam (€69 billion in assets under management consolidated in the second quarter of 2024).

    Business in the SFS division decreased. At CAPFM, consumer finance outstandings increased to €120.7 billion, up +5.6% compared with the end of March 2024, with car loans representing 54%2 of total outstandings, while new loan production decreased slightly, by -6.4% compared with end-March 2024, mainly due to the economic context negatively impacting the automotive market in Europe and China. Regarding Crédit Agricole Leasing & Factoring (CAL&F), production of lease financing outstandings was up +5.7% compared to March 2024 to €20.5 billion, with a particularly strong contribution from property leasing and renewable energy financing in France.

    Large Customers again posted record revenues for the quarter in Corporate and Investment Banking. Capital Markets and Investment Banking was driven by all activities, supported by high volatility, while Financing activities reaped the benefits of growth in commercial activities. Asset Servicing recorded a high level of assets under custody of €5,467 billion and assets under administration of €3,575 billion (+9% and +4.7%, respectively, compared with the end of March 2024), with good sales momentum and positive market effects over the year.

    Continued support for the energy transition

    The Group is continuing the mass roll-out of financing and investment to promote the transition. The Crédit Agricole Group increased its exposure to low-carbon energy financing3 by +141% between the end of 2020 and the end of 2024, with €26.3 billion in financing at 31 December 2024. Investments in low-carbon energy4 totalled €6 billion at 31 December 2024.

    At the same time, as a universal bank, Crédit Agricole is supporting the transition of all its customers. Thus, outstandings related to the environmental transition5 amounted to €111.7 billion at 31 December 2024, including €86.7 billion for energy-efficient buildings and €5.3 billion for clean transport and mobility.

    In addition, the Group is continuing its exit path from carbon-based energy financing and disclosed its exposure to hydrocarbon extraction project financing6, down to $0.96 billion at the end of 2024, i.e. -30% compared to 2020. The target of a -25% reduction of exposure to oil extraction at the end of 2025 compared to 2020 was greatly exceeded at the end of 2024 and stands at -56%.

    Group results

    In the first quarter of 2025, Crédit Agricole Group’s net income Group share came to €2,165 million, down

    -9.2% compared to the first quarter of 2024.

    Credit Agricole Group, Income statement Q1-25 and Q1-2024

    €m Q1-25 Q1-24 ∆ Q1/Q1  
    Revenues 10,048 9,525 +5.5%  
    Operating expenses (5,992) (5,589) +7.2%  
    Gross operating income 4,056 3,936 +3.0%  
    Cost of risk (735) (651) +12.9%  
    Equity-accounted entities 75 68 +9.5%  
    Net income on other assets 4 (7) n.m.  
    Change in value of goodwill – – n.m.  
    Income before tax 3,399 3,347 +1.6%  
    Tax (1,041) (755) +37.9%  
    Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope. (0) – n.m.  
    Net income 2,358 2,592 (9.0%)  
    Non controlling interests (193) (208) (7.2%)  
    Net income Group Share 2,165 2,384 (9.2%)  
    Cost/Income ratio (%) 59.6% 58.7% +1.0 pp  

    In the first quarter of 2025, revenues amounted to €10,048 million, up +5.5% compared to the first quarter of 2024, driven by favourable results from most of the business lines. Revenues were up in French Retail Banking, while the Asset Gathering division benefited from good business momentum and the integration of Degroof Petercam, the Large Customers division enjoyed a high level of revenues across all of its business lines and the Specialised Financial Services division benefited from a positive price effect, compensating slightly down revenues in international retail banking. Operating expenses were up +7.2% in the first quarter of 2025, totalling €5,992 million. Overall, Credit Agricole Group saw its cost/income ratio reach 59.6% in the first quarter of 2025, up by +1.0 percentage point. As a result, the gross operating income stood at €4,056 million, up +3.0% compared to the first quarter of 2024.

    The cost of credit risk stood at -€735 million, a year-on-year increase of +12.9% compared to the first quarter of 2024. This figure comprises an amount of -€47 million to prudential provisions on performing loans (stages 1 and 2) and an amount of -€677 million for the cost of proven risk (stage 3). There was also an addition of -€11 million for other risks. The provisioning levels were determined by taking into account several weighted economic scenarios and by applying some flat-rate adjustments on sensitive portfolios. The weighted economic scenarios for the first quarter are the same used for the previous quarter. The cost of risk/outstandings7reached 27 basis points over a four rolling quarter period and 24 basis points on an annualised quarterly basis8.

    Pre-tax income stood at €3,399 million, a year-on-year increase of +1.6% compared to first quarter 2024. This includes the contribution from equity-accounted entities for €75 million (up +9.5%) and net income on other assets, which came to +€4 million over this quarter. The tax charge was -€1,041 million, up +37.9% over the period, with the tax rate this quarter rising by +8.3 percentage points to 31.3%. This increase is related to the exceptional corporate income tax of €-207 million at the Crédit Agricole Group level, corresponding to an estimation of €-330 million in 2025 (assuming 2025 fiscal result being equal to 2024 fiscal result). Net income before non-controlling interests was down -9.0% to €2,358 million. Non-controlling interests decreased -7.2%.

    Regional banks

    Gross customer capture stands at +319,000 new customers. The percentage of customers using demand deposits as their main account is stable and those who use digital tools continued to increase. Credit market share (total credits) stood at 22.7% (at the end of December 2024, source Banque de France), up by 0.1 percentage point compared to December 2023. Loan production was up +19.4% compared to the first quarter of 2024, reflecting the +37% rise in home loans and 8% in specialised markets. However, home loan production has slowed compared to the strong activity at the end of the year (-4.8% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024). The average lending production rate for home loans stood at 3.18%9 over January and February 2025, -17 basis points lower than in the fourth quarter of 2024. By contrast, the global loan stock rate showed a gradual improvement (+11 basis points compared to the first quarter of 2024). Outstanding loans totalled €649 billion at the end of March 2025, up by 0.8% year-on-year across all markets and up slightly by +0.2% over the quarter.   
    Customer assets were up +2.5% year-on-year to reach €915.7 billion at the end of March 2025. This growth was driven both by on-balance sheet deposits, which reached €603.2 billion (+1.3% year-on-year), and off-balance sheet deposits, which reached €312.6 billion (+5% year-on-year) benefiting from strong inflows in life insurance. Over the quarter, demand deposits slightly decreased by -1.1% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, while term deposits are stable. The market share of on-balance sheet deposits is up compared to last year and stands at 20.1% (Source Banque de France, data at the end of December 2024, i.e. +0.2 percentage points compared to December 2023). The equipment rate for property and casualty insurance10 was 44.2% at the end of March 2025 and continues to rise (up +0.8 percentage point compared to March 2024). In terms of payment instruments, the number of cards rose by +1.8% year-on-year, as did the percentage of premium cards in the stock, which increased by 1.8 percentage point year-on-year to account for 17% of total cards.
    In the first quarter of 2025, the Regional Banks’ consolidated revenues stood at €3,339 million, up +1.3% compared to the first quarter of 2024, notably impacted by a base effect of +€41 million related to the reversal of the Home Purchase Savings Plan provision in the first quarter of 202411. Excluding this item, revenues were up +2.6% compared to the first quarter of 2024, benefiting from the increase in the intermediation margin and stable fee and commission income, mainly driven by account management and payment instruments (+3.3%). Operating expenses posted a contained increase (+1.8%). Gross operating income was stable year-on-year (+5.2% excluding the base effect11). The cost of risk increased by +28.7% compared to the first quarter of 2024 to -€318 million. The cost of risk/outstandings (over four rolling quarters) remained under control at 21 basis points (a 1 basis point increase compared to fourth quarter 2024).
    Thus, the net pre-tax income was down -11.6% and stood at €522 million. The Regional Banks’ consolidated net income was €346 million, down -21.2% compared to the first quarter of 2024, especially impacted by the corporate income tax surcharge (-15.3% excluding the base effect 11).
    The Regional Banks’ contribution to net income Group share was €341 million in the first quarter of 2025, up -23% compared to the first quarter of 2024 (-17% excluding base effect11).

    Crédit Agricole S.A.

    Results

    Crédit Agricole S.A.’s Board of Directors, chaired by Dominique Lefebvre, met on 29 April 2025 to examine the financial statements for the first quarter of 2025.

    Credit Agricole S.A. – Income statement, Q1-25 and Q1-24

    En m€ T1-25 T1-24 ∆ T1/T1
    Revenues 7,256 6,806 +6.6%
    Operating expenses (3,991) (3,669) +8.8%
    Gross operating income 3,266 3,137 +4.1%
    Cost of risk (413) (400) +3.4%
    Equity-accounted entities 47 43 +9.2%
    Net income on other assets 1 (6) n.m.
    Change in value of goodwill – – n.m.
    Income before tax 2,900 2,773 +4.6%
    Tax (827) (610) +35.5%
    Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope. 0 – n.m.
    Net income 2,073 2,163 (4.1%)
    Non controlling interests (249) (259) (3.9%)
    Net income Group Share 1,824 1,903 (4.2%)
    Earnings per share (€) 0.56 0.50 +11.4%
    Cost/Income ratio (%) 55.0% 53.9% +1.1 pp

    In the first quarter of 2025, Crédit Agricole S.A.’s net income Group share amounted to €1,824 million, a decrease of -4.2% from the first quarter of 2024. The results of the first quarter of 2025 are based on high revenues, a cost/income ratio maintained at a low level and a controlled cost of risk, but are impacted by the corporate income tax surcharge. Pre-tax income is high, up +4.6% compared to the first quarter of 2024.

    In the first quarter of 2025, revenues were at a record level, standing at €7,256 million. They were up sharply (+6.6%) compared to the first quarter of 2024. This growth was driven by growth in the Asset Gathering division (+15%) which in turn was driven by strong activity and the rise in outstandings across all business lines, including the integration of Degroof Petercam12. Large Customer division revenues (+6.3%) were driven by good results from all business lines with continued revenue growth in corporate and investment banking (with a record revenue level for Crédit Agricole CIB) in the first quarter, in addition to an improvement in the net interest margin and fee and commission income within CACEIS. Specialised Financial Services division revenues (+2.6%) benefited mainly from positive price effects in the Personal Finance and Mobility business line. French Retail Banking growth (+1.0%) was driven by the rise in fee and commission income, and International Retail Banking revenues (-3.0%) were impacted by a base effect related to exceptional foreign exchange activity in Egypt in the first quarter of 2024. Revenues from the Corporate Centre recorded an increase of +€40 million, favourably impacted by the revaluation of the stake in Banco BPM.

    Operating expenses totalled -€3,991 million in the first quarter of 2025, an increase of +8.8% compared to the first quarter of 2024, reflecting the support given to business line development. The increase in expenses of -€322 million between the first quarter of 2024 and the first quarter of 2025 is partly made up of a scope effect and integration costs of -€138 million13 and IFRIC impact of -€72 million. Other expenses increase by -€113 million (+3.2%).

    The cost/income ratio thus stood at 55.0% in the first quarter 2025, increasing by +1.1 percentage point compared to the first quarter of 2024.

    Gross operating income in the first quarter of 2025 stood at €3,266 million, an increase of +4.1% compared to the first quarter of 2024.

    As at 31 March 2025, risk indicators confirm the high quality of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s assets and risk coverage level. The diversified loan book is mainly geared towards home loans (26% of gross outstandings) and corporates (45% of Crédit Agricole S.A. gross outstandings). The Non Performing Loans ratio showed little change from the previous quarter and remained low at 2.3%. The coverage ratio14 was high at 74.9%, up +0.8 percentage points over the quarter. Loan loss reserves amounted to €9.4 billion for Crédit Agricole S.A., a -€0.2 billion decline from end-December 2024. Of those loan loss reserves, 36.6% were for performing loans (percentage up +0.8% from the previous quarter).

    The cost of risk was a net charge of -€413 million, up +3.4% compared to the first quarter of 2024, and came mainly from a provision for non-performing loans (level 3) of -€411 million (compared to a provision of -€384 million in the first quarter of 2024). Net provisioning on performing loans (levels 1 and 2) was almost zero this quarter, compared to a provision of -€12 million in the first quarter of 2024. Also noteworthy is a provision of -€2 million for other items (legal provisions) versus -€5 million in the first quarter of 2024. By business line, 60% of the net provision for the quarter came from Specialised Financial Services (55% at end-March 2024), 22% from LCL (30% at end-March 2024), 16% from International Retail Banking (20% at end-March 2024), 5% from the Corporate Centre (3% at end-March 2024) and recovered for Large Customers (same as end-March 2024). The provisioning levels were determined by taking into account several weighted economic scenarios and by applying some flat-rate adjustments on sensitive portfolios. The weighted economic scenarios for the first quarter are the same used for the previous quarter. In the first quarter of 2025, the cost of risk/outstandings was 34 basis points over a rolling four-quarter period15 and 30 basis points on an annualised quarterly basis16 (a decrease of one basis point, versus the first quarter of 2024).

    The contribution from equity-accounted entities amounted to €47 million in the first quarter of 2025, up +9.2% compared to the first quarter of 2024, mainly due to the growth of equity-accounted entities in the Personal finance and mobility business line.

    Pre-tax income, discontinued operations and non-controlling interests therefore increased by +4.6% to €2,900 million.

    The effective tax rate stood at 29.0%, up +6.6 percentage points compared to the first quarter of 2024. The tax charge was -€827 million, up +35.5% in connection with the impact in the first quarter of 2025 of the exceptional corporate tax surcharge of €-123 million, corresponding to an estimation of -€200 million in 2025 (assuming 2025 fiscal result being equal to 2024 fiscal result). Net income before non-controlling interests was down -4.1% to €2,073 million. Non-controlling interests amounted to -€249 million in first quarter 2025, down -3.9%.

    Earnings per share in the first quarter of 2025 reached €0.56, increasing by +11.4% compared to the first quarter of 2024.
    RoTE17, which is calculated on the basis of an annualised Net Income Group Share 18 and IFRIC charges and additional corporate tax charge linearised over the year, net of annualised Additional Tier 1 coupons (return on equity Group share excluding intangibles) and net of foreign exchange impact on reimbursed AT1, and restated for certain volatile items recognised in equity (including unrealised gains and/or losses), reached 15.9% in the first quarter of 2025, decreasing of 0.1 percentage point compared to the first quarter of 2024.

    Analysis of the activity and the results of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s divisions and business lines

    Activity of the Asset Gathering division

    In the first quarter of 2025, the assets under management of the Asset gathering (AG) division stood at €2,878 billion, up +€11 billion over the quarter (i.e. +0.4%), mainly due to positive net inflows in the three insurance, asset management, and wealth management businesses, offset by an unfavourable market and foreign exchange impact effect over the period. Over the year, assets under management rose by +8.7%.

    Insurance activity (Crédit Agricole Assurances) was very strong, with total premium income of €14.8 billion, up +20.7% compared to the first quarter of 2024 and up in all three segments: savings/retirement, property and casualty, and death & disability/creditor/group insurance.

    In Savings/Retirement, first quarter 2025 premium income stood at €10.8 billion, up +27% compared to the first quarter of 2024. Activity was driven by the success of euro payment bonus campaigns in France (full effect of commercial events over the quarter), which boosted gross euro inflows. As a result, unit-linked rate in gross inflows is down -4.7 percentage points over the year at 34.3%19.The quarter’s record net inflows totalled +€4.0 billion (up +€1.5 billion compared to the fourth quarter of 2024), comprised of +€2.0 billion net inflows from unit-linked contracts and +€1.9 billion from euro funds.

    Assets under management (savings, retirement and funeral insurance) continued to grow and came to €352.4 billion (up +€17.5 billion year-on-year, or +5.2%). The growth in outstandings was driven by the very high level of quarterly net inflows and favourable market effects. Unit-linked contracts accounted for 30% of outstandings, up +0.5 percentage point compared to the end of March 2024.

    In property and casualty insurance, premium income stood at €2.6 billion in the first quarter of 2025, up +8%20 compared to the first quarter of 2024. Growth stemmed from a price effect, with the increase in the average premium benefiting from revised rates and changes in the product mix, and a volume effect, with a portfolio of over €16.8 million21 policies at the end of March 2025 (an increase of +5% over the year). Lastly, the combined ratio at the end of March 2025 stood at 93.2%22, an improvement of -0.6 percentage point year-on-year.

    In death & disability/creditor insurance/group insurance, premium income for the first quarter of 2025 stood at €1.4 billion, up +4% compared to the first quarter of 2024. The strong year-on-year activity was driven by an excellent quarter in group insurance (+24% compared to the first quarter of 2024) due to the entry into effect of the collective health contract with the Ministry of Agriculture and Food Sovereignty23. Creditor (+2%) and individual death & disability (+3%) activities were resilient.

    In Asset Management (Amundi), assets under management by Amundi increased by +0.3% and +6.2% respectively over the quarter and the year, reaching a new record of 2,247 billion at the end of March 2025, benefiting from a high level of inflows over 12 months (+€70 billion), and despite a significantly negative foreign exchange impact this quarter (-€26 billion). Over the quarter, net inflows in asset management (Amundi) stood at +€31.1 billion, driven by a record quarterly inflow of medium-long term assets24(+€37 billion). This good performance is illustrated in particular by the continued dynamic in the strategic aeras (ETF +€10 billion, Third Party Distribution +€8 billion, Asia +€8 billion). In the institutional segment, net inflows of €22.4 billion over the quarter continued their strong commercial activity, driven by medium-long term assets, mainly the acquisition of a large ESG equity index mandate with The People’s Pension in the United Kingdom (+€21 billion). In return, Corporates recorded a seasonal outflow in treasury products. Finally, JVs posted a net inflow of €2.9 billion over the period, with good inflows in Korea, stabilisation in China and an outflow in India related to the end of the financial year and the local market correction from the fourth quarter of 2024. Furthermore, the finalisation of the partnership with Victory Capital was announced on 1 April 2025.

    In Wealth management, total assets under management (CA Indosuez Wealth Management and LCL Private Banking) amounted to €278 billion at the end of March 2025, and were up +41.3% compared to March 2024 and stable compared to December 2024.

    For Indosuez Wealth Management, outstandings at the end of March stood at €213 billion25, down -0.7% compared to end-December 2024. Despite activity remaining positive with positive net inflows of €0.8 billion, the market and foreign exchange impact for the quarter was unfavourable by -€2 billion. Compared to the end of March 2024, assets under management were up by +€80 billion (or +60.2%), taking into account a scope effect of €69 billion (integration of Degroof Petercam in June 2024). The announcement on 4 April 2025 of the planned acquisition of Banque Thaler in Switzerland is also noteworthy.

    Results of the Asset Gathering division

    In the first quarter of 2025, the Asset Gathering division generated €2,058 million in revenues, up +15.0% compared to the first quarter of 2024, driven by all the division’s business lines. Expenses increased +24.1% to -€936 million and gross operating income came to €1,123 million, +8.4% compared to first quarter of 2024. The cost/income ratio for the first quarter of 2025 stood at 45.5%, up +3.3 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. As a result, pre-tax income increased by +8.2% to €1,139 million in the first quarter of 2025. Net income Group share recorded a drop of 5%, taking into account corporate tax additional charge in France.

    In the first quarter of 2025, the Asset Gathering division contributed by 35% to the net income Group share of the Crédit Agricole S.A. core businesses and 28% to revenues (excluding the Corporate Centre division).

    As at 31 March 2025, equity allocated to the division amounted to €13.4 billion, including €10.8 billion for Insurance, €1.8 billion for Asset Management, and €0.8 billion for Wealth Management. The division’s risk-weighted assets amounted to €51.7 billion, including €24.3 billion for Insurance, €19.2 billion for Asset Management and €8.2 billion for Wealth Management.

    Insurance results

    In first quarter 2025, insurance revenues stood at €727 million, a slight increase of +0.7% compared to the first quarter of 2024, supported by Savings/Retirement (related to the increase in outstandings) and property and casualty insurance, offsetting a narrowing of technical margins in Creditor insurance combined with methodological effects. Revenues for the quarter included €505 million from savings/retirement and funeral insurance26, €103 million from personal protection27 and €122 million from property and casualty insurance28.

    The Contractual Service Margin (CSM) totalled €25.8 billion at the end of March 2025, an increase of +2% compared to the end of December 2024.

    Non-attributable expenses for the quarter stood at -€96 million, up +4.7% over the first quarter of 2024. As a result, gross operating income reached €632 million, stable (+0.1%) compared to the same period in 2024. Net pre-tax income was stable, amounting to €631 million. Excluding the effect of replacing Tier 1 debt with Tier 2 debt in September 202429, it was up by +2%. For the same reason, non-controlling interests amounted to -€3 million compared to -€14 million in the first quarter of 2024, due to the inclusion of accounting items on the redemption of Tier 1 instruments29. Net income Group share stood at €439 million, down -11.0% compared to the first quarter of 2024, taking into account the corporate tax additional charge in France.

    Insurance contributed 23% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s business lines (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-March 2025 and 10% to their revenues (excluding the Corporate Centre division).

    Asset Management results

    In the first quarter of 2025, revenues amounted to €892 million, showing double-digit growth of +11.0% compared to the first quarter of 2024. Net management fee and commission income showed a sustained increase of +7.7% on the first quarter of 2024 in a context of market appreciation. Performance fee and commission income was also up by +30.7% compared to the first quarter of 2024. Amundi Technology’s revenues continued their sustained growth and increased by +46.2% compared to the first quarter of 2024, thanks to the integration of aixigo, a European leader in Wealth Tech, whose acquisition was finalised in November 2024, amplifying organic growth, which remained strong (+21%). Operating expenses amounted to -€496 million, up +10.6% compared to the first quarter of 2024. They include the scope effects related to Alpha Associates and aixigo, as well as the integration costs related to Victory Capital. Apart from these effects, expenses increased by +6.3% over the period. The cost/income ratio at 55.6%, is down -0.2 percentage points despite Victory Capital30 integration costs. Restated from the latter, the cost/income ratio stood at 54.8%. Gross operating income stood at €396 million, an increase of +11.6% compared to the first quarter of 2024. The contribution of equity-accounted entities, including the contribution of Amundi’s Asian joint ventures, amounted to €28 million, down slightly compared to the first quarter of 2024. Consequently, pre-tax income came to €419 million, a +9.3% increase compared to the first quarter of 2024. Net income Group share stood at €183 million, down -7.3% compared to the first quarter of 2024, taking into account the impact of the corporate tax additional charge in France. 

    Wealth Management results31

    In the first quarter of 2025, revenues from wealth management amounted to €439 million, up +66.4% compared to the first quarter of 2024, benefiting from the impact of the integration of Degroof Petercam in June 202432. Apart from this effect, revenues were supported by the strong activity of transactional fee and commission income, and the net interest margin held up well over the period. Expenses for the quarter amounted to -€344 million, up +60.7% compared to the first quarter of 2024, impacted by a Degroof Petercam scope effect32 and -€13 million in integration costs. Restated for these impacts, growth in expenses was stable compared to the first quarter of 2024. The cost/income ratio for the first quarter of 2025 stood at 78.4%, down -2.8 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. Restated for integration costs, it amounted to 75.5%. Gross operating income reached €95 million, up sharply (+91.3%) compared to the first quarter of 2024. Cost of risk remained moderate at -€6 million. Net income Group share reached €58 million, up sharply (x 2.3) compared to the first quarter of 2024.

    Wealth Management contributed 3% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s business lines (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-March 2025 and 6% of their revenues (excluding the Corporate Centre division).

    At 31 March 2025, equity allocated to Wealth management was €0.8 billion and risk-weighted assets totalled €8.2 billion.  

    Activity of the Large Customers division

    The large customers division posted good activity in the first quarter of 2025, thanks to very good performance from Corporate and Investment banking (CIB) and strong activity in asset servicing.

    Corporate and Investment Banking’s first quarter 2025 revenues rose sharply to €1,887 million, an increase of +7.3% compared to the first quarter of 2024, driven by growth in its two business lines. Capital Markets and Investment Banking grew its revenues to €1,017 million, an increase of +10.0% compared with the first quarter of 2024. This was fuelled by new growth in revenues across all Capital Market activities (+5.9% compared to the first quarter of 2024) in a context of high volatility, and by the good level of activity in Investment Banking (+31.6% compared to the first quarter of 2024) thanks to the good dynamics of Structured Equities activities. Financing activity revenues were also up at €870 million, an increase of +4.4% relative to the first quarter of 2024. This was mainly due to the performance of Commercial Banking (+1.7% compared to the first quarter of 2024), driven by the performance of assets financing and project financing, particularly in Green Energy and Aerospace, and by Trade and Export Finance activities. The structured finance activity also recorded an increase in revenues of +9.4% compared to the first quarter of 2024.

    Financing activities consolidated its leading position in syndicated loans (#1 in France33 and #2 in EMEA33). Crédit Agricole CIB reaffirmed its strong position in bond issues (#2 All bonds in EUR Worldwide33) and was ranked #1 in Green, Social & Sustainable bonds in EUR34. Average regulatory VaR stood at €10.5 million in the first quarter of 2025, up slightly from €9.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, reflecting changes in positions and financial markets. It remained at a level that reflected prudent risk management.

    For Asset servicing, business growth was supported by strong commercial activity and favourable market effects, which offset the planned exit of ISB customers.

    Assets under custody (AuC) rose by +3.3% at end-March 2025 compared to end-December 2024, up +9.0% from end-March 2024, to reach €5,467 billion. Assets under administration also increased by +5.3% this quarter and were up +4.7% year-on-year, totalling €3,575 billion at end-March 2025.

    Results of the Large Customers division

    In the first quarter of 2025, revenues of the Large Customers division once again reached a record level, with €2,408 million, up +6.3% compared with the first quarter of 2024, buoyed by an excellent performance in the Corporate and Investment Banking and Asset Servicing business lines.

    Operating expenses increased by +4.9% due to IT investments and business line development. As a result, the division’s gross operating income was up +8.2% from the first quarter of 2024 to €1,048 million. The business line recorded a net reversal in the cost of risk of +€25 million, compared to a reversal of +33 million in the first quarter of 2024. Pre-tax income amounted to €1,078 million, up +7.2% compared to the first quarter of 2024. The tax charge stood at -€305 million in the first quarter of 2025, taking into account the additional corporate income tax charge. Finally, net income Group share totalled €723 million in the first quarter of 2025, stable (+0.2%) compared to the first quarter of 2024.

    The business line contributed 38% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-March 2025 and 33% to revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

    At 31 March 2025, the equity allocated to the division was €13.5 billion and its risk-weighted assets were €141.7 billion.

    Corporate and Investment Banking results

    In the first quarter of 2025, Corporate and Investment Banking revenues reached a record of €1,887 million, up +7.3% compared to the first quarter of 2024. This was the best quarter recorded for Corporate and Investment Banking.

    Operating expenses rose by +7.5% to -€992 million, mainly due to IT investments and the development of business line activities. Gross operating income rose sharply by +7.1% compared to the first quarter 2024, taking it to a high level of +€895 million. The cost/income ratio was stable at 52.6% (+0.1 percentage point over the period). The cost of risk recorded a net reversal of +€24 million, notably related to new synthetic securitisation transactions. Lastly, pre-tax income in the first quarter of 2025 stood at €919 million, up +5.3% compared to the first quarter of 2024. Finally, net income Group share recorded a decrease of -0.5%, impacted by the additional corporate tax charge, to reach €648 million in the first quarter of 2025.

    Asset servicing results

    In the first quarter of 2025, the revenues of Asset Servicing were up +2.7% compared to the first quarter of 2024, standing at €522 million. This increase was driven by the favourable evolution of the net interest margin and fee and commission income on flow activities and transactions. Operating expenses were down by -1.6% to
    -€368 million, due to the decrease in ISB integration costs compared to the first quarter of 202435. Apart from this effect, expenses were up slightly pending the acceleration of synergies. As a result, gross operating income was up by +14.7 and stood at €153 million in the first quarter of 2025. The cost/income ratio for the first quarter of 2025 stood at 70.6%, down -3.1 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. Consequently, pre-tax income was up by +19.1% and stood at €160 million in the first quarter of 2025. Net income Group share recorded an increase of +6% taking into account the additional corporate tax charge.

    Specialised financial services activity

    The commercial production of Crédit Agricole Personal Finance & Mobility (CAPFM) totalled €11.0 billion in the first quarter of 2025. It was down by -6.4% compared to the first quarter of 2024, related to the economic context negatively impacting the automotive market in Europe and China. The share of automotive financing36 in quarterly new business production stood at 48.5%. The average customer rate for production was up slightly by +3 basis points from the fourth quarter of 2024. As a result, CAPFM’s assets under management stood at €120.7 billion at end-March 2025, up +5.6% compared to end-March 2024, driven by all scopes: Automotive +8.6%37, LCL and Regional Bank +4.4%, Other Entities +3.0%. Automotive benefited from the consolidation of GAC Leasing this quarter as well as the development of car rental activities. Lastly, consolidated outstandings totalled €68.7 billion at end-March 2025, up 0.8% compared to the first quarter of 2024.

    Crédit Agricole Leasing & Factoring (CAL&F) commercial production increased by +3.0% in leasing, compared to the first quarter of 2024. This was driven by property leasing and renewable energy financing in France. Leasing outstandings rose +5.7% year-on-year, both in France (+4.5%) and internationally (+10.6%), to reach €20.5 billion at end-March 2025 (of which €16.1 billion in France and €4.4 billion internationally). Commercial production in factoring was down by -5.1% compared to the first quarter of 2024; International sales were down -31.6% due to a base effect linked to Germany, which recorded significant deals in the first quarter of 2024; France was up +16%, benefiting from significant contracts this quarter. Factoring outstandings at end-March 2025 were up +14.4% compared to end-March 2024, and factored revenues were up by +5.4% compared to the same period in 2024.

    Specialised financial services’ results

    The revenues of the Specialised Financial Services division were €868 million in the first quarter of 2025, up +2.6% compared to the first quarter of 2024. Expenses stood at -€474 million, up +4.4% compared to the first quarter of 2024. The cost/income ratio stood at 54.5%, up +0.9 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. Gross operating income thus came to €395 million, up +0.6% compared to the first quarter of 2024. Cost of risk amounted to -€249 million, up +13.8% compared to the third quarter of 2024. The results of equity-accounted entities amounted to €36 million, up +18.5% compared to the first quarter of 2024; restated for non-recurring items from the first quarter of 2025 for €12 million, it was down -21.0%. Pre-tax income for the division amounted to €182 million, down -10.6% compared to the same period in 2024. Net income Group share includes the corporate tax additional charge in France and amounted to €148 million, up +4.1% compared to the same period in 2024.

    The business line contributed 8% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-March 2025 and 12% to revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

    At 31 March 2025, the equity allocated to the division was €7.5 billion and its risk-weighted assets were €79.0 billion.

    Personal Finance and Mobility results

    CAPFM revenues reached €683 million in the first quarter of 2025, up +2.0% compared to the first quarter of 2024, with a positive price effect thanks in particular to the production margin rate, which improved by +32 basis points in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2024 (up +9 basis points compared to the fourth quarter of 2024). Expenses amounted to -€370 million, an increase of +4.3% due to employee expenses and IT expenses and compared to the first quarter of 2024, which was low. Gross operating income therefore stood at €313 million, stable compared to the first quarter of 2024 (-0.5%). The cost/income ratio stood at 54.2%, up +1.2 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. The cost of risk stood at -€225 million, up +13.0% from the first quarter of 2024. The cost of risk/outstandings thus stood at 130 basis points38, a deterioration of +13 basis points compared to the first quarter of 2024, especially in international subsidiaries. The Non-Performing Loans ratio was 4.5% at the end of March 2025, down -0.2 percentage point compared to the end of December 2024, while the coverage ratio reached 73.5%, up +0.3 percentage points compared to the end of December 2024. The contribution from equity-accounted entities rose by +18.1% compared to the same period in 2024. Restated for non-recurring items from the first quarter of 2025 for €12 million, the results for equity-accounted entities dropped by -19.3% in connection with the Chinese market. Pre-tax income amounted to €126 million, down -14.3% compared to the same period in 2024. The net income Group share includes the corporate tax additional charge in France and reached €106 million, up +7.5% compared to the previous year.

    Leasing & Factoring results

    CAL&F’s revenues totalled €185 million, up +4.8% compared to the first quarter 2024. This increase was driven by equipment leasing and factoring. Expenses stood at -€104 million, up +4.6% in connection with the growth of the system, and the cost/income ratio stood at 56.0%, an improvement of -0.1 percentage point compared to the first quarter of 2024. Gross operating income stood at €82 million, up +5.0% compared to the first quarter of 2024. Cost of risk totalled -€24 million, up +21.5% compared to the same period in 2024. This rise was due to the small business and SME markets. Cost of risk/outstandings stood at 25 basis points38, up +3 basis points compared to first quarter 2024. Pre-tax income amounted to €56 million, stable (-0.7%) compared to the same period in 2024. Net income Group share includes the corporate tax additional charge in France and amounted to €42 million, down -3.7% compared to the previous year.

    Crédit Agricole S.A. Retail Banking activity

    In retail banking at Crédit Agricole S.A. this quarter, loan production in France continued its upturn compared to the first half of 2024 and the dynamic momentum continues in Italy. The number of customers with insurance is progressing.

    Retail banking activity in France

    In the first quarter of 2025, activity remained steady, albeit with a slowdown in property loans compared to the previous quarter and a stability in inflows and non-remunerated demand deposits over the quarter. Customer acquisition remained dynamic, with 67,000 new customers this quarter.

    The equipment rate for car, multi-risk home, health, legal, all mobile phones or personal accident insurance rose by +0.2 percentage points to stand at 28.0% at end-March 2025.

    Loan production totalled €6.7 billion, representing a year-on-year increase of +32%. The first quarter of 2025 recorded a slowdown in the production of property loans(+46% compared to the first quarter of 2024 and -34% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024), partially due to the seasonal effect. The average production rate for home loans came to 3.18%, down -6 basis points from the fourth quarter of 2024 and -102 basis points year on year. The home loan stock rate improved by +5 basis points over the quarter and by +19 basis points year on year. The strong momentum continued in the corporate market (+49% year on year) and the small business market (+6.4% year on year) but slowed for the consumer credit segment (-10.3%), in a challenging economic environment.

    Outstanding loans stood at €171 billion at end-March 2025, stable over the quarter and increasing by +1.6% year-on-year (of which +1.7% for home loans, +1.1% for loans to professionals, +2.0% for loans to corporates). Customer assets totalled €256.5 billion at end-March 2025, up +2.2% year on year, driven by interest-earning deposits and off-balance sheet funds. Over the quarter, customer assets were also up by +0.6%, including term deposits by +0.9%, in an environment that remains uncertain. Off-balance sheet deposits benefited from a positive year-on-year (unfavourable in the quarter) market effect across all segments and positive net inflows in life insurance.

    Retail banking activity in Italy

    In the first quarter of 2025, CA Italia posted gross customer capture of 53,000.

    Loan outstandings at CA Italia stood at €61.1 billion at end-March 202539, up +1.6% compared with end-March 2024, in a stable Italian market40, driven by the retail segment, which posted an increase in outstandings of +3.0%, and with a stable corporate segment. The loan stock rate was down -34 basis points compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, in line with the evolution in market rates. Loan production, buoyed by the solid momentum in all markets, rose +19.2% compared with the first quarter of 2024.

    Customer assets at end-March 2025 totalled €118.2 billion, up +1.7% compared with end-March 2024; on-balance sheet deposits were down -2.1% compared to end-March 2024, while the cost of on-balance sheet deposits decreased. Finally, off-balance sheet deposits increased by +6.5% over the same period and benefited from net flows and a positive market effect.

    CA Italia’s equipment rate in car, multi-risk home, health, legal, all mobile phones or personal accident insurance exceeded 20.0%, at 20.3%, up +1.0 percentage point compared with the first quarter of 2024.

    International Retail Banking activity excluding Italy

    For International Retail Banking excluding Italy, loan outstandings were €7.4 billion, up +5.8% at current exchange rates at end-March 2025 compared with end-March 2024 (+4.7% at constant exchange rates). Customer assets rose by +€12 billion and were up +11.1% over the same period at current exchange rates (+11.5% at constant exchange rates).

    In Poland in particular, loan outstandings increased by +3.6% compared to end-March 2024 (+0.7% at constant exchange rates) driven by the retail segment and on-balance sheet deposits of +17.0% (+13.8% at constant exchange rates). Loan production in Poland was stable this quarter compared to the first quarter of 2024 (+3.4% at current exchange rates and +0.3% at constant exchange rates). In addition, gross customer capture in Poland reached 64,000 new customers this quarter.

    In Egypt, commercial activity was strong in all markets. Loan outstandings rose +19.7% between end-March 2025 and end-March 2024 (+27.8% at constant exchange rates). Over the same period, on-balance sheet deposits increased by +5.4%% and were up +12.5% at constant exchange rates.

    Liquidity is still very strong with a net surplus of deposits over loans in Poland and Egypt amounting to +€2.3 billion at 31 March 2025, and reached €3.9 billion including Ukraine.

    French retail banking results

    In the first quarter of 2025, LCL revenues amounted to €963 million, up (+1.0%) compared to the first quarter of 2024. The increase in fee and commission income (+3.6% Q1/Q1) was driven by all activities (excluding securities management), but mainly by strong momentum in insurance (life and non-life). NIM is down by -1.7% Q1/Q1 and benefited from the increase in credit yields (stock repricing +19 bp Q1/Q1 and +5 bp Q1/Q4) and the reduction in the cost of resources, making it possible to mitigate the lower contribution of macro-hedging.

    Expenses are up by +3.8% and stood at -€625 million linked to the acceleration of investments (IT and employee expenses). The cost/income ratio stood at 64.9%, an increase by 1.8 percentage point compared to first quarter 2024. Gross operating income fell by -3.9% to €338 million.

    The cost of risk was down -22.9% compared to the first quarter of 2024 and stood at -€92 million (including a provision of -€95 million on proven risk and a recovery of €3 for contingent liabilities). The cost of risk/outstandings therefore stood at 20 basis points, with its level still high on the professional market. The coverage ratio stood at 63.0% at end-March 2025 (+0.4 percentage points compared to end-December 2024). The Non-Performing Loans ratio reached 2.0% at the end of March 2025, stable compared to the end of December 2024.

    In the end, pre-tax income stood at €247 million, up +5.3% compared to the first quarter of 2024, and net income Group share was down -25.6% compared to the first quarter 2024, impacted by the corporate income tax.

    In the end, the business line contributed 7% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) in the first quarter of 2025 and 13% to revenues excluding the Corporate Centre division.

    At 31 March 2025, the equity allocated to the business line stood at €5.1 billion and risk-weighted assets amounted to €53.9 billion.

    International Retail Banking results41

    In the first quarter of 2025, revenues for International Retail Banking totalled €1,025 million, down compared with the fourth quarter of 2024 (-3.0% at current exchange rates, -0.7% at constant exchange rates). Operating expenses were under control at -€515 million, an increase of +1.8% (+2.6% at constant exchange rates). Gross operating income consequently totalled €511 million, down -7.5% (-3.9% at constant exchange rates) for the period. Cost of risk amounted to -€66 million, down -18.9% compared to first quarter 2024 (-19.0% at constant exchange rates).

    All in all, net income Group share for CA Italia, CA Egypt, CA Poland and CA Ukraine amounted to €246 million in the first quarter of 2025, down -4.3% (and stable at -0.4% at constant exchange rates).

    At 31 March 2025, the capital allocated to International Retail Banking was €4.1 billion and risk-weighted assets totalled €43.4 billion.

    Results in Italy

    In the first quarter of 2025, Crédit Agricole Italia revenues stood at €777 million, stable (+0.3%) compared to the first quarter of 2024. The decrease in net interest margin (-5.8% compared to the first quarter of 2024) is offset by the increase in fee and commission income (+7.4% compared to the first quarter of 2024), which was driven by fee and commission income on assets under management (+11.6% compared to the first quarter of 2024). Operating expenses were -€384 million, contained and stable at +0.5% over the first quarter of 2024.

    Cost of risk amounted to -€56 million in first quarter 2025, down -7.9% compared to first quarter 2024, and corresponded almost entirely to provisions for proven risk. Cost of risk/outstandings42 stood at 39 basis points, up 1 basis point compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. The NPL ratio stood at 2.8%, improved compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, while the coverage ratio stood at 77.9% (+2.8 percentage points compared to the fourth quarter of 2024). Net income Group share for CA Italia was therefore €178 million, stable (-0.8%) compared to the first quarter of 2024.

    International Retail Banking results – excluding Italy

    In the first quarter of 2025, revenues for International Retail Banking excluding Italy totalled €248 million, down -12.2% (+3.9% at constant exchange rates) compared to the first quarter of 2024. Revenues in Poland were up +8.6% compared to the first quarter of 2024 (+5.3% at constant exchange rates), with a higher net interest margin. Revenues in Egypt were down -35.7% (-13.2% at constant exchange rates) with a base effect related to the exceptional foreign exchange activity of the first quarter of 2024, but benefited from an increased net interest margin. Operating expenses for International Retail Banking excluding Italy amounted to €131 million, up +5.8% compared to the first quarter of 2024 (+9.4% at constant exchange rates) due to the effect of employee expenses and taxes in Poland as well as employee expenses and inflation in Egypt. Gross operating income amounted to €117 million, down -26.3% (+15.3% at constant exchange rates) compared to the first quarter of 2024. The cost of risk remained contained at -€10 million, versus -€21 million in the first quarter of 2024. Furthermore, at end-March 2025, the coverage ratio for loan outstandings remained high in Poland and Egypt, at 122% and 144% respectively. In Ukraine, the local coverage ratio remains prudent (450%). All in all, the contribution of International Retail Banking excluding Italy to net income Group share was €67 million, down -12.4% compared with the first quarter of 2024 at current exchange rates and stable at constant exchange rates (+0.8%).  

    At 31 March 2025, the entire Retail Banking business line contributed 19% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) and 27% to revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

    At 31 March 2025, the division’s equity amounted to €9.2 billion. Its risk-weighted assets totalled €97.2 billion.

    Corporate Centre results

    The net income Group share of the Corporate Centre was -€102 million in first quarter 2025, up +€5 million compared with first quarter 2024. The positive contribution of the Corporate Centre division can be analysed by distinguishing between the “structural” contribution (-€55 million) and other items (-€48 million).
    The contribution of the “structural” component (-€55 million) was up by +€52 million compared with the first quarter of 2024 and can be broken down into three types of activity:

    • The activities and functions of the Corporate Centre of the Crédit Agricole S.A. Parent Company. This contribution was -€315 million in the first quarter of 2025, down -€20 million, mainly explained by the accounting of the IFRIC tax in a single payment this quarter, whereas it had been spread over two quarters last year
    • The business lines that are not part of the core businesses, such as CACIF (private equity), CA Immobilier, CATE and BforBank (equity-accounted). Their contribution, at +€252 million in the first quarter of 2025, was up +€67 million compared to the first quarter of 2024, including a positive impact of the revaluation of Banco BPM shares.
    • Group support functions. Their contribution amounted to +€9 million this quarter (+€4 million compared with first quarter 2024).

    The contribution from “other items” amounted to -€48 million, down -€47 million compared to the first quarter of 2024, mainly explained by a negative variance related to ESTER/BOR volatility.

    At 31 March 2025, risk-weighted assets stood at €35.1 billion.

    Financial strength

    Crédit Agricole Group has the best level of solvency among European Global Systemically Important Banks.

    Capital ratios for Crédit Agricole Group are well above regulatory requirements. At 31 March 2025, the phased Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (CET1) for Crédit Agricole Group stood at 17.6%, or a substantial buffer of 780 basis points above regulatory requirements. The change in the CET1 ratio over the quarter is explained by the impacts of (a) +56 basis points linked to CRR3 impact (b) +25 basis points linked to retained earnings, (c) -17 bp related to the organic growth of the business lines and (d) -17 basis points for methodological effects, M&A and other effects, taking into account in the -9 basis points of the latest IFRS 9 phasing and -8 basis points related to the purchase of shares in Crédit Agricole S.A.

    Crédit Agricole S.A., in its capacity as the corporate center of the Crédit Agricole Group, fully benefits from the internal legal solidarity mechanism as well as the flexibility of capital circulation within the Crédit Agricole Group. The phased-in CET1 capital ratio stood at 12.1% at 31 March 2025, or a buffer of 350 basis points above regulatory requirements. The change in the CET1 ratio over the quarter is explained by the impacts of (a) +44 basis points linked to CRR3 impact (b) +21 basis points linked to retained earnings, (c) -9 bp related to the organic growth of the business lines and (d) -10 basis points for methodological effects, M&A and other effects, taking into account in the -5 basis points of the latest IFRS 9 phasing. Including M&A transactions completed after March 31, 2025 and the estimated impact from the crossing of the exemption threshold in Q2 2025, the proforma CET1 ratio would be 11.8%.

    The breakdown in risk weighted assets for Crédit Agricole S.A. by business line resulted from the combined effects of (a) -€12.9 billion related to the impact of CRR3 and, excluding this effect, (b) -€0.2 billion in the Retail Banking divisions, (c) +€1.4 billion in Asset Gathering, in particular in connection with the increase in the Equity Accounted Value of insurance (d) +€1.9 billion in specialized financial services, (e) -€0.8 billion in Large Customers and (f) +€0.1 billion in Corporate Center.

    For the Crédit Agricole Group, the impact of CRR3 was -€18.2 billion and the increase in risk weighted assets at the Retail Banking divisions was +€1.3 billion excluding the CRR3 effect. The evolution of the other businesses follows the same trend as for Crédit Agricole S.A.

    Crédit Agricole Group’s financial structure

        Crédit Agricole Group   Crédit Agricole S.A.
        31/03/25 31/12/24 Requirements
    31/03/25    		   31/03/25 31/12/24 Requirements
    31/03/25
    Phased-in CET1 ratio43   17.6% 17.2% 9.8%   12.1% 11.7% 8.6%
    Tier1 ratio43   19.0% 18.3% 11.7%   14.3% 13.4% 10.4%
    Total capital ratio43   21.8% 20.9% 14.1%   18,4% 17.4% 12.8%
    Risk-weighted assets (€bn)   641 653     405 415  
    Leverage ratio   5.6% 5.5% 3.5%   4.0% 3.9% 3.0%
    Leverage exposure (€bn)   2,173 2,186     1,434 1,446  
    TLAC ratio (% RWA) 43,44   28.5% 26.9% 22,32%        
    TLAC ratio (% LRE)44   8.4% 8.0% 6.75%        
    Subordinated MREL ratio (% RWA) 43   28.5% 26.9% 22.57%        
    Subordinated MREL ratio (% LRE)   8.4% 8.0% 6.25%        
    Total MREL ratio (% RWA) 43   34.0% 32.4% 26.33%        
    Total MREL ratio (% LRE)   10.0% 9.7% 6.25%        
    Distance to the distribution restriction trigger (€bn)45   46 43     14 12  

    For Crédit Agricole S.A., the distance to the trigger for distribution restrictions is the distance to the MDA trigger45, i.e. 354 basis points, or €14 billion of CET1 capital at 31 March 2025. Crédit Agricole S.A. is not subject to either the L-MDA (distance to leverage ratio buffer requirement) or the M-MDA (distance to MREL requirements).

    For Crédit Agricole Group, the distance to the trigger for distribution restrictions is the distance to the L-MDA trigger at 31 March 2025. Crédit Agricole Group posted a buffer of 210 basis points above the L-MDA trigger, i.e. €46 billion in Tier 1 capital.

    At 31 March 2025, Crédit Agricole Group’s TLAC and MREL ratios are well above requirements44. Crédit Agricole Group posted a buffer of 590 basis points above the M-MDA trigger, i.e. €38 billion in CET1 capital. At this date, the distance to the M-MDA trigger corresponded to the distance between the subordinated MREL ratio and the corresponding requirement. The Crédit Agricole Group’s 2025 target is to maintain a TLAC ratio greater than or equal to 26% of RWA excluding eligible senior preferred debt.

    Liquidity and Funding

    Liquidity is measured at Crédit Agricole Group level.

    As of 31 December 2024, changes have been made to the presentation of the Group’s liquidity position (liquidity reserves and balance sheet, breakdown of long term debt). These changes are described in the 2024 Universal Registration Document.

    Diversified and granular customer deposits remain stable compared to December 2024 (€1,148 billion at end-March 2025).

    The Group’s liquidity reserves, at market value and after haircuts46, amounted to €487 billion at 31 March 2025, up +€14 billion compared to 31 December 2024.

    Liquidity reserves covered more than twice the short term debt net of treasury assets.

    This increase in liquidity reserves is notably explained by:

    • The increase in the securities portfolio (HQLA and non-HQLA) for +€6 billion;
    • The increase in collateral already pledged to Central Banks and unencumbered for +€5 billion, including a €2 billion increase in self-securitisations;
    • The increase in central bank deposits for €3 billion.

    Crédit Agricole Group also continued its efforts to maintain immediately available reserves (after recourse to ECB financing). Central bank eligible non-HQLA assets after haircuts amounted to €144 billion.

    Standing at €1,691 billion at 31 March 2025, the Group’s liquidity balance sheet shows a surplus of stable funding resources over stable application of funds of €197 billion, up +€20 billion compared with end-December 2024. This surplus remains well above the Medium-Term Plan target of €110bn-€130bn.

    Long term debt was €315 billion at 31 March 2025, up compared with end-December 2024. This included:

    • Senior secured debt of €89 billion, up +€5 billion;
    • Senior preferred debt of €162 billion, up +€3 billion due to the increase in entities’ issuances;
    • Senior non-preferred debt of €40 billion, up +€3 billion due to the MREL/TLAC eligible debt;
    • And Tier 2 securities of €24 billion, down -€1 billion.

    Credit institutions are subject to a threshold for the LCR ratio, set at 100% on 1 January 2018.

    At 31 March 2025, the average LCR ratios (calculated on a rolling 12-month basis) were 139% for Crédit Agricole Group (representing a surplus of €92 billion) and 144% for Crédit Agricole S.A. (representing a surplus of €89 billion). They were higher than the Medium-Term Plan target (around 110%).

    In addition, the NSFR of Crédit Agricole Group and Crédit Agricole S.A. exceeded 100%, in accordance with the regulatory requirement applicable since 28 June 2021 and above the Medium-Term Plan target (>100%).

    The Group continues to follow a prudent policy as regards medium-to-long-term refinancing, with a very diversified access to markets in terms of investor base and products.

    At 31 March 2025, the Group’s main issuers raised the equivalent of €15.6 billion47in medium-to-long-term debt on the market, 82% of which was issued by Crédit Agricole S.A.

    In particular, the following amounts are noted for the Group excluding Crédit Agricole S.A.:  

    • Crédit Agricole Assurances issued €750 million in RT1 Perpetual NC10.75 year;
    • Crédit Agricole Personal Finance & Mobility issued:
      • €500 million in EMTN issuances through Crédit Agricole Auto Bank (CAAB);
      • €420 million in securitisations through Agos;
    • Crédit Agricole Italia issued one senior secured debt issuance for a total of €1 billion;
    • Crédit Agricole next bank (Switzerland) issued two tranches in senior secured format for a total of 200 million Swiss francs, of which 100 million Swiss francs in Green Bond format.

    At 31 March 2025, Crédit Agricole S.A. raised the equivalent of €11.2 billion through the market48,49.

    The bank raised the equivalent of €11.2 billion, of which €4.7 billion in senior non-preferred debt and €1.4 billion in Tier 2 debt, as well as €1.3 billion in senior preferred debt and €3.8 billion in senior secured debt at end-March. The financing comprised a variety of formats and currencies, including:

    • €1.75 billion50,51;
    • 3.5 billion US dollars (€3.4 billion equivalent);
    • 0.8 billion pounds sterling (€1 billion equivalent);
    • 94.3 billion Japanese yen (€0.6 billion equivalent);
    • 0.4 billion Singapore dollars (€0.3 billion equivalent);
    • 0.6 billion Australian dollars (€0.4 billion equivalent).

    At end-March, Crédit Agricole S.A. had issued 76%52,53 of its funding plan in currencies other than the euro.

    In addition, on 13 February 2025, Crédit Agricole S.A. issued a PerpNC10 AT1 bond for €1.5 billion at an initial rate of 5.875% and announced on 30 April 2025 the regulatory call exercise for the AT1 £ with £103m outstanding (XS1055037920) – ineligible, grandfathered until 28/06/2025 – to be redeemed on 30/06/2025.

    The 2025 MLT market funding programme was set at €20 billion, with a balanced distribution between senior preferred or senior secured debt and senior non-preferred or Tier 2 debt.

    The programme was 56% completed at 31 March 2025, with:

    • €3.8 billion in senior secured debt;
    • €1.3 billion equivalent in senior preferred debt;
    • €4.7 billion equivalent in senior non-preferred debt;
    • €1.4 billion equivalent in Tier 2 debt.

    Appendix 1 – Credit Agricole Group : income statement by business line

    Credit Agricole Group – Results by business line, Q1-25 and Q1-24

      Q1-25
    €m RB LCL IRB AG SFS LC CC Total
                     
    Revenues 3,352 963 1,048 2,049 868 2,408 (640) 10,048
    Operating expenses (2,530) (625) (535) (936) (474) (1,360) 468 (5,992)
    Gross operating income 822 338 513 1,113 395 1,047 (172) 4,056
    Cost of risk (319) (92) (67) (11) (249) 25 (22) (735)
    Equity-accounted entities 6 – – 28 36 6 – 75
    Net income on other assets 3 1 (0) (0) 0 0 0 4
    Income before tax 511 247 445 1,130 182 1,078 (194) 3,399
    Tax (170) (112) (137) (351) (12) (305) 46 (1,041)
    Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope. – – 0 – – – (0) (0)
    Net income 341 135 308 779 170 773 (148) 2,358
    Non controlling interests 0 (0) (42) (101) (21) (36) 7 (193)
    Net income Group Share 341 135 266 679 148 738 (141) 2,165
      Q1-24
    €m RB LCL IRB AG SFS LC CC Total
                     
    Revenues 3,314 954 1,081 1,793 846 2,266 (728) 9,525
    Operating expenses (2,484) (602) (524) (754) (454) (1,297) 527 (5,589)
    Gross operating income 830 351 556 1,039 392 969 (201) 3,936
    Cost of risk (247) (119) (84) (3) (219) 33 (13) (651)
    Equity-accounted entities 5 – – 29 30 4 – 68
    Net income on other assets 2 2 (0) (8) (0) 0 (2) (7)
    Income before tax 589 234 472 1,056 203 1,006 (216) 3,347
    Tax (147) (53) (143) (220) (42) (235) 85 (755)
    Net income from discont’d or held-for-sale ope. – – – – – – – –
    Net income 442 181 330 837 161 772 (131) 2,592
    Non controlling interests (0) (0) (51) (112) (19) (34) 7 (208)
    Net income Group Share 442 181 279 725 142 738 (123) 2,384

    Appendix 2 – Credit Agricole S.A. : Income statement by business line

    Crédit Agricole S.A. – Résults by business line, Q1-25 and Q1-24

      Q1-25
    En m€ AG LC SFS FRB (LCL) IRB CC Total
                   
    Revenues 2,058 2,408 868 963 1,025 (67) 7,256
    Operating expenses (936) (1,360) (474) (625) (515) (81) (3,991)
    Gross operating income 1,123 1,048 395 338 511 (148) 3,266
    Cost of risk (11) 25 (249) (92) (66) (21) (413)
    Equity-accounted entities 28 6 36 – – (22) 47
    Net income on other assets (0) 0 0 1 (0) 0 1
    Income before tax 1,139 1,078 182 247 444 (191) 2,900
    Tax (352) (305) (12) (112) (137) 92 (827)
    Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale operations – – – – 0 – 0
    Net income 787 774 170 135 308 (99) 2,073
    Non controlling interests (107) (50) (21) (6) (62) (3) (249)
    Net income Group Share 680 723 148 129 246 (102) 1,824
      Q1-24  
    En m€ AG LC SFS FRB (LCL) IRB CC Total  
                   
    Revenues 1,789 2,266 846 954 1,057 (107) 6,806
    Operating expenses (754) (1,297) (454) (602) (505) (56) (3,669)
    Gross operating income 1,035 969 392 351 552 (163) 3,137
    Cost of risk (3) 33 (219) (119) (82) (11) (400)
    Equity-accounted entities 29 4 30 – – (20) 43
    Net income on other assets (8) 0 (0) 2 (0) – (6)
    Income before tax 1,053 1,006 203 234 470 (194) 2,773
    Tax (220) (235) (42) (53) (142) 82 (610)
    Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale operations – – – – – – –
    Net income 834 772 161 181 328 (112) 2,163
    Non controlling interests (117) (50) (19) (8) (71) 5 (259)
    Net income Group Share 716 722 142 173 257 (107) 1,903

    Appendix 3 – Data per share

    Credit Agricole S.A. – Earnings p/share, net book value p/share and RoTE

    (€m)

    Q1-2025
    Q1-2024

    Net income Group share

    1,824
    1,903

    – Interests on AT1, including issuance costs, before tax

    (129)
    (138)

    – Foreign exchange impact on reimbursed AT1

    –
    (247)

    NIGS attributable to ordinary shares

    [A]
    1,695
    1,518

    Average number shares in issue, excluding treasury shares (m)

    [B]
    3,025
    3,018

    Net earnings per share

    [A]/[B]
    0.56 €
    0.50 €

    (€m)

    31/03/2025
    31/03/2024

    Shareholder’s equity Group share

    77,378
    72,429

    – AT1 issuances

    (8,726)
    (7,184)

    – Unrealised gains and losses on OCI – Group share

    1,222
    1,021

    – Payout assumption on annual results*

    (3,327)
    (3,181)

    Net book value (NBV), not revaluated, attributable to ordin. sh.

    [D]
    66,546
    63,086

    – Goodwill & intangibles** – Group share

    (17,764)
    (17,280)

    Tangible NBV (TNBV), not revaluated attrib. to ordinary sh.

    [E]
    48,783
    45,807

    Total shares in issue, excluding treasury shares (period end, m)

    [F]
    3,025
    3,026

    NBV per share , after deduction of dividend to pay (€)
    + Dividend to pay (€)

    TNBV per share, after deduction of dividend to pay (€)
    TNBV per sh., before deduct. of divid. to pay (€)

    [D]/[F]
    22.0 €
    20.9 €

    [H]
    1.10 €
    1.05 €

    [G]=[E]/[F]
    16.1 €
    15.1 €

    [G]+[H]
    17.2 €
    16.2 €

    * dividend proposed to the Board meeting to be paid
    ** including goodwill in the equity-accounted entities

    (€m)

    Q1-25
    Q1-24

    Net income Group share

    [K]
    1,824
    1,903

    Impairment of intangible assets

    [L]
    0
    0

    Additional corporate tax

    [LL]
    -123
    – 

    IFRIC

    [M]
    -173
    -110

    NIGS annualised (1)

    [N]
    8,111
    7,944

    Interests on AT1, including issuance costs, before tax, foreign exchange impact, annualised

    [O]
    -515
    -799

    Result adjusted

    [P] = [N]+[O]
    7,596
    7,145

    Tangible NBV (TNBV), not revaluated attrib. to ord. sh. – avg *** (2)

    [J]
    47,752
    44,671

    Stated ROTE adjusted (%)

    = [P] / [J]
    15.9%
    16.0%

    *** including assumption of dividend for the current exercice

    (1) ROTE calculated on the basis of an annualised net income Group share and linearised IFRIC costs over the year
    (2) Average of the NTBV not revalued attributable to ordinary shares, calculated between 31/12/2024 and 21/03/2025 (line [E]), restated with an assumption of dividend for current exercises

    Alternative Performance Indicators54

    NBV Net Book Value (not revalued)
    The Net Book Value not revalued corresponds to the shareholders’ equity Group share from which the amount of the AT1 issues, the unrealised gains and/or losses on OCI Group share and the pay-out assumption on annual results have been deducted.

    NBV per share Net Book Value per share – NTBV Net Tangible Book Value per share
    One of the methods for calculating the value of a share. This represents the Net Book Value divided by the number of shares in issue at end of period, excluding treasury shares.

    Net Tangible Book Value per share represents the Net Book Value after deduction of intangible assets and goodwill, divided by the number of shares in issue at end of period, excluding treasury shares.

    EPS Earnings per Share
    This is the net income Group share, from which the AT1 coupon has been deducted, divided by the average number of shares in issue excluding treasury shares. It indicates the portion of profit attributable to each share (not the portion of earnings paid out to each shareholder, which is the dividend). It may decrease, assuming the net income Group share remains unchanged, if the number of shares increases.

    Cost/income ratio
    The cost/income ratio is calculated by dividing operating expenses by revenues, indicating the proportion of revenues needed to cover operating expenses.

    Cost of risk/outstandings
    Calculated by dividing the cost of credit risk (over four quarters on a rolling basis) by outstandings (over an average of the past four quarters, beginning of the period). It can also be calculated by dividing the annualised cost of credit risk for the quarter by outstandings at the beginning of the quarter. Similarly, the cost of risk for the period can be annualised and divided by the average outstandings at the beginning of the period.

    Since the first quarter of 2019, the outstandings taken into account are the customer outstandings, before allocations to provisions.

    The calculation method for the indicator is specified each time the indicator is used.

    Doubtful loan
    A doubtful loan is a loan in default. The debtor is considered to be in default when at least one of the following two conditions has been met:

    • a payment generally more than 90 days past due, unless specific circumstances point to the fact that the delay is due to reasons independent of the debtor’s financial situation.
    • the entity believes that the debtor is unlikely to settle its credit obligations unless it avails itself of certain measures such as enforcement of collateral security right.

    Impaired loan
    Loan which has been provisioned due to a risk of non-repayment.

    Impaired (or non-performing) loan coverage ratio 
    This ratio divides the outstanding provisions by the impaired gross customer loans.

    Impaired (or non-performing) loan ratio 
    This ratio divides the impaired gross customer loans on an individual basis, before provisions, by the total gross customer loans.

    Net income Group share
    Net income/(loss) for the financial year (after corporate income tax). Equal to net income Group share, less the share attributable to non-controlling interests in fully consolidated subsidiaries.

    Net income Group share attributable to ordinary shares
    The net income Group share attributable to ordinary shares represents the net income Group share from which the AT1 coupon has been deducted, including issuance costs before tax.

    RoTE Return on Tangible Equity
    The RoTE (Return on Tangible Equity) measures the return on tangible capital by dividing the Net income Group share annualised by the Group’s NBV net of intangibles and goodwill. The annualised Net income Group share corresponds to the annualisation of the Net income Group share (Q1x4; H1x2; 9Mx4/3) excluding impairments of intangible assets and restating each period of the IFRIC impacts in order to linearise them over the year.

    Disclaimer

    The financial information on Crédit Agricole S.A. and Crédit Agricole Group for first quarter 2025 comprises this presentation and the attached appendices and press release which are available on the website: https://www.credit-agricole.com/finance/publications-financieres.

    This presentation may include prospective information on the Group, supplied as information on trends. This data does not represent forecasts within the meaning of EU Delegated Act 2019/980 of 14 March 2019 (Chapter 1, article 1, d).

    This information was developed from scenarios based on a number of economic assumptions for a given competitive and regulatory environment. Therefore, these assumptions are by nature subject to random factors that could cause actual results to differ from projections. Likewise, the financial statements are based on estimates, particularly in calculating market value and asset impairment.

    Readers must take all these risk factors and uncertainties into consideration before making their own judgement.

    Applicable standards and comparability

    The figures presented for the three-months period ending 31 March 2025 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted in the European Union and applicable at that date, and with regulations currently in force. This financial information does not constitute a set of financial statements for an interim period as defined by IAS 34 “Interim Financial Reporting” and has not been audited.

    Note: The scopes of consolidation of the Crédit Agricole S.A. and Crédit Agricole groups have not changed materially since the Crédit Agricole S.A. 2024 Universal Registration Document and its A.01 update (including all regulatory information about the Crédit Agricole Group) were filed with the AMF (the French Financial Markets Authority).

    The sum of values contained in the tables and analyses may differ slightly from the total reported due to rounding.

    Other information

    Crédit Agricole S.A.’s Combined General Meeting will take place on 14 May 2025 in Paris.

    As announced at the time of the publication of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s 2024 results, the Board of Directors will propose to the General Meeting a cash dividend of €1.10 per share

    26 May 2025: ex-dividend date
    27 May 2025: Record date
    28 May 2025: Dividend payment

    Financial Agenda

    14 May 2025                General Meeting
    31 July 2025                Publication of the 2025 second quarter and the first half-year results
    30 October 2025                Publication of the 2025 third quarter and first nine months results

    Contacts

    CREDIT AGRICOLE PRESS CONTACTS

    CRÉDIT AGRICOLE S.A. INVESTOR RELATIONS CONTACTS

    Institutional investors + 33 1 43 23 04 31 investor.relations@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Individual shareholders + 33 800 000 777 (freephone number – France only) relation@actionnaires.credit-agricole.com
         
    Cécile Mouton + 33 1 57 72 86 79 cecile.mouton@credit-agricole-sa.fr
     

    Equity investor relations:

    		    
    Jean-Yann Asseraf
    Fethi Azzoug    		 + 33 1 57 72 23 81
    + 33 1 57 72 03 75    		 jean-yann.asseraf@credit-agricole-sa.fr fethi.azzoug@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Oriane Cante + 33 1 43 23 03 07 oriane.cante@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Nicolas Ianna + 33 1 43 23 55 51 nicolas.ianna@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Leila Mamou + 33 1 57 72 07 93 leila.mamou@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Anna Pigoulevski + 33 1 43 23 40 59 anna.pigoulevski@credit-agricole-sa.fr
         
         
    Debt investor and rating agency relations:  
    Gwenaëlle Lereste + 33 1 57 72 57 84 gwenaelle.lereste@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Florence Quintin de Kercadio + 33 1 43 23 25 32 florence.quintindekercadio@credit-agricole-sa.fr
    Yury Romanov + 33 1 43 23 86 84 yury.romanov@credit-agricole-sa.fr
         
         

    See all our press releases at: www.credit-agricole.com – www.creditagricole.info

               

    1 Car, home, health, legal, all mobile phones or personal accident insurance.
    2 CA Auto Bank, automotive JVs and automotive activities of other entities
    3 Low-carbon energy outstandings made up of renewable energy produced by the clients of all Crédit Agricole Group entities, including nuclear energy outstandings for Crédit Agricole CIB.
    4CAA outstandings (listed investments managed directly, listed investments managed under mandate and unlisted investments managed directly) and Amundi Transition Energétique.
    5 Crédit Agricole Group outstandings, directly or via the EIB, dedicated to the environmental transition according to the Group’s internal sustainable assets framework, as of 31/12/2024. Change of method compared with the outstandings reported at 30/09/2024: with the same method, the outstandings at 31/12/2024 would be €115.5 billion.
    6 Direct exposure to project financing of hydrocarbon extraction (gross exposure excl. export credit cover).

    7 The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on a four-quarter rolling basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the past four quarters divided by the average outstandings at the start of each of the four quarters
    8 The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on an annualised basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the quarter multiplied by four and divided by the outstandings at the start of the quarter
    9 Average rate of loans to monthly production for January and February 2025.
    10 Equipment rate – Home-Car-Health policies, Legal, All Mobile/Portable or personal accident insurance
    11 Home Purchase Savings Plan base effect (reversal of the Home Purchase Savings Plan provision) in Q1-24 totalling +€41m in revenues and +€30m in net income Group share 
    12 Scope effect of Degroof Petercam revenues: +€164 million in the first quarter of 2025
    13 Includes -€115 million in scope effect on Degroof Petercam

    14 Provisioning rate calculated with outstandings in Stage 3 as denominator, and the sum of the provisions recorded in Stages 1, 2 and 3 as numerator.
    15 The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on a four-quarter rolling basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the past four quarters divided by the average outstandings at the start of each of the four quarters
    16 The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on an annualised basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the quarter multiplied by four and divided by the outstandings at the start of the quarter
    17 See Appendixes for details on the calculation of the RoTE (return on tangible equity)
    18 The annualised net income Group share corresponds to the annualisation of the net income Group share (Q1x4; H1x2; 9Mx4/3) by restating each period for IFRIC impacts and the corporate income tax surcharge to linearise them over the year
    19 In local standards
    20 Property and casualty insurance premium income includes a scope effect linked to the initial consolidation in Q2-24 of CATU (a property and casualty insurance entity in Poland) with retroactive effect at 1 January 2024: +7.7% Q1/Q1 increase in premium income at constant scope

    21 Scope: property and casualty in France and abroad
    22 Combined property & casualty ratio in France (Pacifica) including discounting and excluding undiscounting, net of reinsurance: (claims + operating expenses + fee and commission income)/gross premiums earned. Undiscounted ratio: 95.9% (-0.4 pp over the year)
    23 The Agrica – Crédit Agricole Assurances – Groupama consortium chosen to ensure the new health care scheme for employees as of 01/01/25
    24 Excluding JV
    25 Excluding assets under custody for institutional clients
    26 Amount of allocation of Contractual Service Margin (CSM), loss component and Risk Adjustment (RA), and operating variances net of reinsurance, in particular
    27 Amount of allocation of CSM, loss component and RA, and operating variances net of reinsurance, in particular.
    28 Net of reinsurance cost, including financial results
    29 The charge on Tier 1 debt is recorded as a non-controlling interest while that of Tier 2 debt is deducted from the revenues.
    30 Integration costs of -€7m in Q1-25 vs. -€13m in Q4-24, related to Victory and aixigo
    31 Indosuez Wealth Management scope
    32 Degroof Petercam data for the quarter included in Wealth Management results: Revenues of €164m and expenses of -€115m (excluding integration costs partly borne by Degroof Petercam)
    33 Refinitiv LSEG
    34 Bloomberg in EUR
    35 ISB integration costs: -€9m in Q1-25 (€20m in Q1-24)
    36 CA Auto Bank, automotive JVs and auto activities of other entities
    37 CA Auto Bank and automotive JVs
    38 Cost of risk for the last four quarters as a proportion of the average outstandings at the beginning of the period for the last four quarters.
    39 Net of POCI outstandings
    40 Source Abi Monthly Outlook April 2025: stable +0.0% March/March for all loans
    41 At 31 March 2025 this scope includes the entities CA Italia, CA Polska, CA Egypt and CA Ukraine.

    42 Over a rolling four quarter period.
    43 SREP requirement applicable at 31 March 2025, including the combined capital buffer requirement (a) for Crédit Agricole Group a 2.5% capital conservation buffer, a 1% G-SIB buffer (which will increase to 1.5% on 1 January 2026 following the notification received from the ACPR on 27 November 2024), the countercyclical buffer set at 0.75%, as well as the 0.06% systemic risk buffer and (b) for Crédit Agricole S.A., a 2.5% capital conservation buffer, the countercyclical buffer set at 0.58% as well as the 0.09% systemic risk buffer.  
    44 As part of its annual resolvability assessment, Crédit Agricole Group has chosen to continue waiving the possibility offered by Article 72ter(3) of the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) to use senior preferred debt for compliance with its TLAC requirements in 2025.
    45 In the event of non-compliance with the combined capital buffer requirement. The distributable elements of Crédit Agricole S.A. amounted to €42.9 billion, including €29.6 billion in distributable reserves and €13.3 billion in share premiums at 31 December 2024.
    46From December 2024, securities within liquidity reserves are valued after discounting idiosyncratic stress (previously systemic stress) to better reflect the economic reality of central bank value.
    47 Gross amount before buy-backs and amortisations
    48 Gross amount before buy-backs and amortisations
    49 Excl. AT1 issuances
    50 Excl. AT1 issuances
    51 Excl. senior secured issuances
    52 Excl. AT1 issuances
    53 Excl. senior secured issuances
    54 APMs are financial indicators not presented in the financial statements or defined in accounting standards but used in the context of financial communications, such as net income Group share or RoTE. They are used to facilitate the understanding of the company’s actual performance. Each APM indicator is matched in its definition to accounting data.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Societe Generale: First quarter 2025 earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    RESULTS AT 31 MARCH 2025


    Press release                                                            
    Paris, 30 April 2025

    STRONG QUARTERLY RESULTS, AHEAD OF OUR 2025 TARGETS

    Quarterly revenues of EUR 7.1 billion, +6.6% vs. Q1 24 and +10.2% excluding asset disposals
    (vs. an annual target of more than +3%). Positive contribution from all businesses, driven by a strong rebound in French Retail Banking, a solid performance of Global Banking and Investor Solutions and a sustained activity in Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

    Strict cost management with operating expenses down -4.4% vs. Q1 24, excluding asset disposals. Ahead of our 2025 target to reduce operating expenses by more than -1%, excluding asset disposals

    Cost-to-income ratio at 65.0% in Q1 25, ahead of our 2025 target (<66%)

    Low cost of risk at 23 basis points in Q1 25, below the 2025 target of 25 to 30 basis points. The amount of S1/S2 provisions remains high at EUR 3.1 billion (more than 2x 2024 cost of risk), and has been further increased

    Group net income of EUR 1,608 million, x2.4 vs. Q1 24

    Profitability (ROTE) at 11.0%, ahead of our 2025 target of more than 8%. Even if restated for net gains on asset disposals of around EUR 200 million and considering a quarterly linear distribution of taxes (IFRIC 21) for an amount of around EUR 300 million, the ROTE stands at 10.9%

    SOLID CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY PROFILE

    CET1 ratio of 13.4%1 at end-Q1 25, around 320 basis points above the regulatory requirement

    Liquidity Coverage Ratio at 140% at end-Q1 25

    Provision for distribution of EUR 0.912 per share, at end-March 2025

    Completion of the 2024 share buy-back programme of EUR 872 million

    ORDERLY EXECUTION OF ASSET DISPOSALS

    Disposal of SGEF’s activities completed on 28 February 2025, except for those in the Czech Republic and Slovakia, representing a positive impact of around +30 basis points on the Group’s CET1 ratio in Q1 25

    Disposals of Societe Generale Private Banking Suisse and SG Kleinwort Hambros completed on 31 January 2025 and 31 March 2025, for a total impact of around +10 basis points on the Group’s CET1 ratio

    Slawomir Krupa, the Group’s Chief Executive Officer, commented:
    « We are releasing today a very good set of results. Our revenues have grown across all our businesses. Our costs and our cost-to-income ratio have decreased across all our businesses. Our first quarter results are above all our annual targets, putting us in a favourable position to achieve them, thanks to our disciplined execution and prudent and rigorous risk management. Since the presentation of our Strategic Plan, we have built a strong capital position, and we have delivered a steady and material increase in our performance. Our diversified and resilient model allows us to navigate efficiently in the current environment. This is the result of the precise execution of our strategy by fully focused and talented teams whom I warmly thank for their commitment. We measure how far we’ve come and how far we still have to go. We will therefore pursue our work with the same focus and discipline, confident in our ability to deliver our 2026 roadmap and beyond, a sustainable and profitable growth. »

    1. GROUP CONSOLIDATED RESULTS
    In EURm Q1 25 Q1 24 Change
    Net banking income 7,083 6,645 +6.6% +9.9%*
    Operating expenses (4,604) (4,980) -7.6% -4.6%*
    Gross operating income 2,479 1,665 +48.9% +53.0%*
    Net cost of risk (344) (400) -13.9% -9.5%*
    Operating income 2,135 1,265 +68.8% +72.1%*
    Net profits or losses from other assets 202 (80) n/s n/s
    Income tax (490) (274) +79.0% +84.8%*
    Net income 1,855 917 x 2.0 x 2.1*
    O.w. non-controlling interests 247 237 +4.0% +12.0%*
    Group net income 1,608 680 x 2.4 x 2.4*
    ROE 9.7% 3.6%    
    ROTE 11.0% 4.1%    
    Cost to income 65.0% 74.9%    

    Asterisks* in the document refer to data at constant perimeter and exchange rates

    Societe Generale’s Board of Directors, which met on 29 April 2025 under the chairmanship of Lorenzo Bini Smaghi, examined the Societe Generale Group’s results for the first quarter of 2025.

    Net banking income 

    Net banking income stood at EUR 7.1 billion, up +6.6% vs. Q1 24 and up +10.2% vs. Q1 24, excluding asset disposals.

    Revenues of French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance were up +14.1% vs. Q1 24 (+16.5% excluding asset disposals and +2.5% excluding both asset disposals and short-term hedge impact) to stand at EUR 2.3 billion in Q1 25. Net interest income recovered sharply in Q1 25 (+28.4% vs. Q1 24) and was broadly stable when restated for asset disposals and short-term hedges accounted for in Q1 24 (around EUR -270 million). Assets under management in Private Banking and Insurance grew by +6% and +5%, respectively (excluding asset disposals in Switzerland and in the United Kingdom) in Q1 25 vs. Q1 24. Lastly, BoursoBank continued its strong commercial development with nearly 460,000 new customers during the quarter, reaching a customer base of around 7.6 million clients at end-March 2025.

    Global Banking and Investor Solutions registered a +10.0% increase in revenues relative to Q1 24. These totalled EUR 2.9 billion for the quarter, driven by strong momentum in equities and in Financing and Advisory. Global Markets grew by +10.9% in Q1 25 vs. Q1 24. Equity revenues were up +21.8%, reaching a quarterly record level3, driven by strong momentum in flow and listed products. Fixed income and currencies were down -2.4% due to lower client activity on rates investment solutions and margin compression in financing activities. Commercial activity nevertheless remained buoyant in rates and forex brokerage due to high volatility. In Global Banking and Advisory, revenues are up +10.5% with a solid commercial momentum in asset finance. Furthermore, the performance was resilient in Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A) and Debt Capital Markets (DCM). Similarly, Global Transaction and Payment Services posted an +8.7% increase in revenues vs. Q1 24, driven by higher payment volumes with institutional clients and strong commercial development for corporate clients.

    Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services’ revenues were down -7.4% vs. Q1 24, mainly due to a perimeter effect of EUR -176 million in Q1 25. Excluding the impact of asset disposals, they were up +0.8%. International Retail Banking recorded a -12.1% fall in revenues vs. Q1 24 to EUR 0.9 billion, due to a perimeter effect related to the disposals completed in Africa (Morocco, Chad, Madagascar). They rose by +1.9% at constant perimeter and exchange rates. Revenues from Mobility and Financial Services were also down -3.0% vs. Q1 24 due to the disposal of SGEF’s operations (except for those in the Czech Republic and Slovakia) in Q1 25. Besides, Ayvens’ revenues were stable vs. Q1 24 owing to improved margins, offsetting the normalisation of the results of used car sales.

    The Corporate Centre recorded revenues of EUR -112 million in Q1 25.

    Operating expenses 

    Operating expenses came to EUR 4,604 million in Q1 25, down -7.6% vs. Q1 24 and -4.4% excluding asset disposals. The decrease in operating expenses is notably explained by a decrease in transformation charges of EUR 278 million, an increase of EUR 29 million related to taxes on variable compensation, an increase in expenses of EUR 22 million related to Bernstein perimeter, and EUR 5 million related to disposal transaction costs. Excluding these non-recurring items, operating expenses were slightly up, confirming the strong cost discipline.

    The cost-to-income ratio stood at 65.0% in Q1 25, down sharply from Q1 24 (74.9%) and below the target of <66% estimated for 2025.

    Cost of risk

    The cost of risk was stable over the quarter at 23 basis points (or EUR 344 million). It comprises a provision for non-performing loans of EUR 330 million (around 22 basis points) and a provision for performing loans of EUR 14 million.

    At end-March, the Group had a stock of provisions for performing loans of EUR 3,131 million, slightly up +0.4% compared with 31 December 2024, which represents more than 2x 2024 cost of risk.

    The gross non-performing loan ratio stood at 2.82%4,5 at 31 March 2025, broadly stable compared to its end – December 2024 level (2.81%). The net coverage ratio on the Group’s non-performing loans stood at 82%6 at 31 March 2025 (after netting of guarantees and collateral).

    Net profits from other assets

    The Group recorded a net gain of EUR +202 million in Q1 25, mainly related to the accounting impacts of completed asset sales of SGEF7, Societe Generale Private Banking Suisse and SG Kleinwort Hambros.

    Group net Income

    Group net income stood at EUR 1,608 million for the quarter, equating to a Return on Tangible Equity (ROTE) of 11.0%.

    1. DELIVERING ON OUR ESG AMBITIONS

    The Group is in line with its portfolio alignment targets in the most carbon-emitting sectors, including since 2019 a reduction of more than 50% in its upstream exposure to oil and gas, and a reduction of around 50% of its carbon emission intensity in power.

    Reflecting progress on portfolio alignment, the Group’s contribution to sustainable finance amounted to around 80 billion euros at the end of 2024, ahead of its target of 500 billion euros for the 2024-2030 period.

    The Group is well positioned to seize new opportunities in the environmental transition. Societe Generale has acted as exclusive financial advisor for the UK’s Net Zero Teesside Power and Northern Endurance Partnership projects, which aim to be the world’s first gas-fired power station project with carbon capture and storage.

    These actions are recognized externally, with best-in-class ratings from extra-financial rating agencies and through numerous awards.

    1. THE GROUP’S FINANCIAL STRUCTURE

    At 31 March 2025, the Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio stood at 13.4%, or around 320 basis points above the regulatory requirement. Likewise, the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) was well above regulatory requirements at 140% at end-March 2025 (an average of 150% for the quarter), while the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) stood at 115% at end-March 2025.

    All liquidity and solvency ratios are well above the regulatory requirements.

      31/03/2025 31/12/2024 Requirements
    CET1(1) 13.4% 13.3% 10.22%
    Tier 1 ratio(1) 16.1% 16.1% 12.14%
    Total Capital(1) 19.1% 18.9% 14.70%
    Leverage ratio(1) 4.4% 4.3% 3.60%
    TLAC (% RWA)(1) 29.7% 29.7% 22.32%
    TLAC (% leverage)(1) 8.2% 8.0% 6.75%
    MREL (% RWA)(1) 33.3% 34.2% 27.59%
    MREL (% leverage)(1) 9.2% 9.2% 6.23%
    End of period LCR 140% 162% >100%
    Period average LCR 150% 150% >100%
    NSFR 115% 117% >100%
    In EURbn 31/03/2025 31/12/2024
    Total consolidated balance sheet 1,554 1,574
    Group shareholders’ equity 71 70
    Risk-weighted assets 393 390
    O.w. credit risk 318 327
    Total funded balance sheet 931 952
    Customer loans 459 463
    Customer deposits 596 614

    8
    As of 31 March 2025, the parent company has issued EUR 9.0 billion of medium/long-term debt under its 2025 financing programme, including EUR 4.5 billion of pre-financing raised at the end of 2024. The subsidiaries had issued EUR 1.0 billion. In all, the Group has issued a total of EUR 10.0 billion in medium/long-term debt.

    At end of April 2025, the parent company’s 2025 funding programme is 54% complete for vanilla notes.

    The Group is rated by four rating agencies: (i) FitchRatings – long-term rating “A-”, stable outlook, senior preferred debt rating “A”, short-term rating “F1”; (ii) Moody’s – long-term rating (senior preferred debt) “A1”, negative outlook, short-term rating “P-1”; (iii) R&I – long-term rating (senior preferred debt) “A”, stable outlook; and (iv) S&P Global Ratings – long-term rating (senior preferred debt) “A”, stable outlook, short-term rating “A-1”.

    1. FRENCH RETAIL, PRIVATE BANKING AND INSURANCE
    In EURm Q1 25 Q1 24 Change
    Net banking income 2,299 2,016 +14.1% +16.5%*
    Of which net interest income 1,061 827 +28.4% +31.6%*
    Of which fees 1,056 1,018 +3.7% +6.2%*
    Operating expenses (1,566) (1,728) -9.4% -6.6%*
    Gross operating income 734 288 x 2.5 x 2.5*
    Net cost of risk (171) (247) -30.8% -30.8%*
    Operating income 563 41 x 13.7 x 11.2*
    Net profits or losses from other assets 7 0 x 19.2 x 19.2*
    Group net income 421 31 x 13.4 x 10.9*
    Cost to income 68.1% 85.7%    

    Commercial activity

    SG network, Private Banking and Insurance 

    The SG network’s average deposit outstandings amounted to EUR 230 billion in Q1 25, down -1% from Q1 24, with a shift of inflows into savings life insurance.

    The SG network’s average loan outstandings contracted by -3% vs. Q1 24 to EUR 193 billion, and
    by -1.8% vs. Q1 24 excluding repayments of state-guaranteed loans. Mortgage loan production saw a sharp increase of +115% vs. Q1 24.

    The average loan-to-deposit ratio stood at 83.8% in Q1 25, down 1.1 percentage point relative to Q1 24.

    In Private Banking, assets under management9 strongly rose by +6% vs. Q1 24 at EUR 130 billion. Net asset inflows totalled EUR 2 billion in Q1 25, with asset gathering (annualised net new money divided by AuM) standing at +6% in Q1 25. Net banking income came to EUR 361 million for the quarter, a +3.4% increase at constant perimeter1 and exchange rates, down -3.9% vs. Q1 24.

    Insurance, which covers activities in and outside France, posted a very strong commercial performance. Life insurance outstandings increased sharply by +5% vs. Q1 24 to reach a record EUR 148 billion at end- March 2025. The share of unit-linked products remained high at 40%. Gross life insurance savings inflows amounted to EUR 5.4 billion in Q1 25.

    In France, personal protection and Property & Casualty premia were up by +4% vs. Q1 24.

    BoursoBank 

    BoursoBank reached almost 7.6 million clients in Q1 25. The bank recorded growth of +20.7% in the number of clients vs. Q1 24 (+1.3 million year-on-year), with onboarding still high this quarter (~458,000 new clients in Q1 25) while the churn rate remained low.

    BoursoBank has once again confirmed its leading position in France in terms of client satisfaction with an NPS (Net Promoter Score) of +5410. The online bank is also ranked as the best digital bank in France11.

    Average loan outstandings rose by +7.3% compared with Q1 24 to EUR 16 billion in Q1 25.

    Average outstanding savings, including deposits and financial savings, totalled EUR 67 billion, an increase of +15.5% vs. Q1 24. Deposits outstanding totalled EUR 41 billion in Q1 25, posting another sharp increase of +16.3% vs. Q1 24. Average life insurance outstandings, at EUR 13 billion in Q1 25, rose by +8.9% vs. Q1 24 (of which 49.2% in unit-linked products). This activity continued to register strong gross inflows over the quarter (+24.6% vs. Q1 24, 57% in unit-linked products). The brokerage activity recorded more than 3 million transactions in Q1 25, a record quarter with an increase of +48.4%
    vs. Q1 24.

    Net banking income

    In Q1 25, revenues came to EUR 2,299 million (including PEL/CEL provision), up +14.1% vs. Q1 24. Net interest income grew by +28.4% vs. Q1 24 and was broadly stable excluding asset disposals and the impact of short-term hedges in Q1 24. Fee income rose by +3.7% relative to Q1 24.

    Operating expenses

    Operating expenses came to EUR 1,566 million for the quarter, including around EUR 23 million euros of transformation charges, down -9.4% vs. Q1 24. The cost-to-income ratio stood at 68.1% in Q1 25, an improvement of 17.6 percentage points vs. Q1 24.

    Cost of risk

    In Q1 25, the cost of risk amounted to EUR 171 million, or 29 basis points, which was higher than in Q4 24 (20 basis points).

    Group net Income

    Group net income totalled EUR 421 million for the quarter. RONE stood at 9.5% in Q1 25.

    1. GLOBAL BANKING AND INVESTOR SOLUTIONS
    In EUR m Q1 25 Q1 24 Change
    Net banking income 2,896 2,631 +10.0% +8.8%*
    Operating expenses (1,755) (1,757) -0.1% -0.6%*
    Gross operating income 1,140 874 +30.4% +27.6%*
    Net cost of risk (55) 20 n/s n/s
    Operating income 1,085 894 +21.3% +18.9%*
    Group net income 856 697 +22.8% +19.6%*
    Cost to income 60.6% 66.8% 0 +0.0%*

    Net banking income

    Global Banking and Investor Solutions reported strong results in Q1 25, with revenues up +10.0% vs. Q1 24 to stand at EUR 2,896 million.

    Global Markets and Investor Services recorded solid growth of +10.0% over the quarter compared with Q1 24, at EUR 1,922 million.

    Market Activities grew in the first quarter with revenues of EUR 1,759 million, up +10.9% vs. Q1 24 in a volatile market environment.

    The Equities business delivered a record performance12 in Q1 25 with revenues of EUR 1,061 million, a sharp increase of +21.8% compared with Q1 24, driven by positive momentum particularly in flow and listed products.

    Fixed Income and Currencies were slightly down -2.4% to EUR 698 million in Q1 25, due to lower client activity on rates investment solutions and margin compression in financing activities. Commercial momentum also remained strong in flow activities, particularly for rates and forex products, driven by higher volatility.

    In Securities Services, revenues were up +1.4% compared with Q1 24 at EUR 163 million and overall stable (-0.2%) excluding participation. The level of fees is good in comparison to a high Q1 24, notably thanks to a strong commercial performance in fund distribution. Assets under Custody and Assets under Administration amounted to EUR 5,194 billion and EUR 637 billion, respectively.

    Revenues for the Financing and Advisory business totalled EUR 973 million, a sharp increase of +10.0% vs. Q1 24.

    Global Banking & Advisory posted significant revenues, up +10.5% compared with Q1 24, driven by buoyant activity in asset finance. Asset-Backed Products are steady despite less conducive market conditions compared to Q1 24. Furthermore, the performance was resilient in Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A) and Debt Capital Markets (DCM).

    Global Transaction & Payment Services once again delivered a strong performance compared with Q1 24, with a sharp increase in revenues of +8.7%, notably due to higher payment volumes with institutional clients and good commercial performance on the corporate franchise.

    Operating expenses

    Operating expenses came to EUR 1,755 million for the quarter and included around EUR 12 million in transformation charges. These are stable relative to Q1 24. The cost-to-income ratio stood at 60.6% in Q1 25.

    Cost of risk

    Over the quarter, the cost of risk was EUR 55 million, or 13 basis points vs. -5 basis points in Q1 24.

    Group net Income

    Group net income increased by +22.8% vs. Q1 24 to EUR 856 million.

    Global Banking and Investor Solutions reported a strong RONE of 18.7% for the quarter.

    1. MOBILITY, INTERNATIONAL RETAIL BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES
    In EURm Q1 25 Q1 24 Change
    Net banking income 2,000 2,161 -7.4% +1.1%*
    Operating expenses (1,180) (1,350) -12.6% -4.8%*
    Gross operating income 820 810 +1.2% +10.8%*
    Net cost of risk (124) (182) -31.8% -23.1%*
    Operating income 696 629 +10.7% +20.3%*
    Net profits or losses from other assets 0 4 -98.3% -98.3%*
    Non-controlling interests 212 195 +8.3% +16.1%*
    Group net income 319 278 +14.5% +24.4%*
    Cost to income 59.0% 62.5%    

    Commercial activity

    International Retail Banking

    International Retail Banking posted robust commercial activity with loan outstandings of
    EUR 61 billion, up +4.3%* vs. Q1 24, and deposits of EUR 75 billion, slightly up +1.1%* vs. Q1 24.

    In Europe, loan outstandings rose by 6.1%* vs. Q1 24 to EUR 45 billion in Q1 25 for both client segments of KB and BRD, particularly in home loans. Deposit outstandings totalled EUR 55 billion in
    Q1 25, slightly up +0.6%* vs. Q1 24, mainly driven by Romania.

    Overall, loan outstandings in Africa, Mediterranean Basin and French Overseas Territories amounted to EUR 16 billion, broadly stable* vs. Q1 24, with mixed situations across geographies. Deposit outstandings increased by +2.5%* vs. Q1 24 to EUR 20 billion in Q1 25, mainly driven by sight deposits from corporate clients.

    Mobility and Financial Services

    Overall, Mobility and Financial Services maintained a good commercial performance.

    Ayvens’ earning assets totalled EUR 53.5 billion at end-March 2025, a +1.4% increase vs. end-March 2024.

    Consumer Finance posted loans outstanding of EUR 23 billion, still down -3.0% vs. Q1 24, but decreasing at a slower pace than previously.

    Net banking income

    In Q1 25, Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services recorded revenues of EUR 2,000 million, up slightly (+1.1%* vs. Q1 24).

    International Retail Banking revenues increased slightly by +1.9%* vs. Q1 24, to EUR 913 million in
    Q1 25.

    Revenues in Europe increased by +5.4%* vs. Q1 24, to EUR 520 million in Q1 25. This robust growth, both in the Czech Republic and Romania, was driven by a solid performance of net interest income and a sharp increase in fees.

    In Africa, Mediterranean Basin and French Overseas Territories, revenues remained high at
    EUR 393 million in Q1 25, a slight down -2.3%* compared with a strong first quarter of 2024.

    Overall, revenues from Mobility and Financial Services were stable* vs. Q1 24, to EUR 1,087 million in Q1 25.

    At Ayvens, net banking income stood at EUR 796 million in Q1 25, stable vs. Q1 24, with an increase in margins13. Margins are continuing to improve, standing at 562 basis points in Q1 25, vs. 522 basis points in Q1 24. The secondary market for vehicle sales is gradually returning to normal, as expected, with an average profit margin per vehicle of EUR 1,22914 per unit this quarter, vs. EUR 1,2672 in Q4 24 and
    EUR 1,6611 in Q1 24. At its level, Ayvens has a cost-to-income ratio of 58.0%15, in line with the 2025 target (57%-59%).

    Revenues for the Consumer Finance business stabilised vs. Q1 24 at EUR 223 million in Q1 25.

    Operating expenses

    Over the quarter, operating expenses decreased significantly by -4.8%* vs. Q1 24, to EUR 1,180 million in Q1 25 (of which EUR 39 million of transformation charges). The cost-to-income ratio improved in Q1 25 to 59.0% vs. 62.5% in Q1 24.

    International Retail Banking posted costs of EUR 546 million in Q1 25, down by -3.2%* vs. Q1 24.

    Mobility and Financial Services costs reached EUR 635 million in Q1 25, a sharp decrease of -6.1%*
    vs. Q1 24, with cost synergies materialising at Ayvens driven by the continued LeasePlan integration.

    Cost of risk

    Over the quarter, the cost of risk amounted to EUR 124 million or 31 basis points, which was considerably lower than in Q1 24 (43 basis points).

    Group net Income

    Over the quarter, Group net income came to EUR 319 million, up +24.4%* vs. Q1 24. RONE stood at 11.2% in Q1 25. RONE was 14.1% in International Retail Banking and 9.4% in Mobility and Financial Services in Q1 25.

    1. CORPORATE CENTRE
    In EURm Q1 25 Q1 24
    Net banking income (112) (162)
    Operating expenses (103) (145)
    Gross operating income (215) (308)
    Net cost of risk 6 9
    Net profits or losses from other assets 192 (84)
    Income tax 61 90
    Group net income 12 (327)

    The Corporate Centre includes:

    • the property management of the Group’s head office,
    • the Group’s equity portfolio,
    • the Treasury function for the Group,
    • certain costs related to cross-functional projects, as well as several costs incurred by the Group that are not re-invoiced to the businesses.

    Net banking income

    The Corporate Centre’s net banking income totalled EUR -112 million for the quarter, vs. EUR – 162 million in Q1 24, notably thanks to management actions to more efficiently use excess liquidity.

    Operating expenses

    Over the quarter, operating expenses totalled EUR -103 million, vs. EUR -145 million in Q1 24, notably thanks to a decrease in transformation charges.

    Net profits from other assets

    The Group recorded EUR +192 million in net profits from other assets during the quarter at the Corporate Centre level, notably following asset disposals of SGEF16, Societe Generale Private Banking Suisse and SG Kleinwort Hambros.

    Group net Income

    The Corporate Centre’s net income totalled EUR +12 million for the quarter, vs. EUR -327 million
    in Q1 24.

    1. 2025 FINANCIAL CALENDAR
    2025 Financial communication calendar
    May 20th, 2025 Combined General Meeting
    May 26th, 2025 Dividend detachment
    May 28th, 2025 Dividend payment
    July 31st, 2025 Second quarter and first half 2025 results
    October 30th, 2025 Third quarter and nine months 2025 results
    The Alternative Performance Measures, notably the notions of net banking income for the pillars, operating expenses, cost of risk in basis points, ROE, ROTE, RONE, net assets and tangible net assets are presented in the methodology notes, as are the principles for the presentation of prudential ratios.

    This document contains forward-looking statements relating to the targets and strategies of the Societe Generale Group.

    These forward-looking statements are based on a series of assumptions, both general and specific, in particular the application of accounting principles and methods in accordance with IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards) as adopted in the European Union, as well as the application of existing prudential regulations.

    These forward-looking statements have also been developed from scenarios based on a number of economic assumptions in the context of a given competitive and regulatory environment. The Group may be unable to:

    – anticipate all the risks, uncertainties or other factors likely to affect its business and to appraise their potential consequences;

    – evaluate the extent to which the occurrence of a risk or a combination of risks could cause actual results to differ materially from those provided in this document and the related presentation.

    Therefore, although Societe Generale believes that these statements are based on reasonable assumptions, these forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including matters not yet known to it or its management or not currently considered material, and there can be no assurance that anticipated events will occur or that the objectives set out will actually be achieved. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated in the forward-looking statements include, among others, overall trends in general economic activity and in Societe Generale’s markets in particular, regulatory and prudential changes, and the success of Societe Generale’s strategic, operating and financial initiatives.

    More detailed information on the potential risks that could affect Societe Generale’s financial results can be found in the section “Risk Factors” in our Universal Registration Document filed with the French Autorité des Marchés Financiers (which is available on https://investors.societegenerale.com/en).

    Investors are advised to take into account factors of uncertainty and risk likely to impact the operations of the Group when considering the information contained in such forward-looking statements. Other than as required by applicable law, Societe Generale does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking information or statements. Unless otherwise specified, the sources for the business rankings and market positions are internal.
    1. APPENDIX 1: FINANCIAL DATA

    GROUP NET INCOME BY CORE BUSINESS

    In EURm Q1 25 Q1 24 Variation
    French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance 421 31 x 13.4
    Global Banking and Investor Solutions 856 697 +22.8%
    Mobility, International Retail Banking & Financial Services 319 278 +14.5%
    Core Businesses 1,596 1,007 +58.5%
    Corporate Centre 12 (327) n/s
    Group 1,608 680 x 2.4

    MAIN EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

    In EURm Q1 25 Q1 24
    Operating expenses – Total one-off items and transformation charges (74) (352)
    Transformation charges (74) (352)
    Of which French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance (23) (81)
    Of which Global Banking & Investor Solutions (12) (154)
    Of which Mobility, International Retail Banking & Financial Services (39) (69)
    Of which Corporate Centre 0 (47)
         
    Other one-off items – Total 202 (80)
    Net profits or losses from other assets 202 (80)

    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

    In EUR m   31/03/2025 31/12/2024
    Cash, due from central banks   169,891 201,680
    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss   548,999 526,048
    Hedging derivatives   8,171 9,233
    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income   99,248 96,024
    Securities at amortised cost   41,224 32,655
    Due from banks at amortised cost   91,527 84,051
    Customer loans at amortised cost   447,815 454,622
    Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk   (480) (292)
    Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets   545 615
    Tax assets   4,170 4,687
    Other assets   73,618 70,903
    Non-current assets held for sale   2,911 26,426
    Investments accounted for using the equity method   414 398
    Tangible and intangible fixed assets   61,250 61,409
    Goodwill   5,085 5,086
    Total   1,554,388 1,573,545
    In EUR m   31/03/2025 31/12/2024
    Due to central banks   10,661 11,364
    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss   405,056 396,614
    Hedging derivatives   14,028 15,750
    Debt securities issued   154,356 162,200
    Due to banks   100,825 99,744
    Customer deposits   521,141 531,675
    Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged

    against interest rate risk

    		   (6,168) (5,277)
    Tax liabilities   2,301 2,237
    Other liabilities   96,417 90,786
    Non-current liabilities held for sale   2,560 17,079
    Insurance and reinsurance contracts liabilities   152,899 150,691
    Provisions   4,098 4,085
    Subordinated debts   16,148 17,009
    Total liabilities   1,474,322 1,493,957
    Shareholder’s equity   – –
    Shareholders’ equity, Group share   – –
    Issued common stocks and capital reserves   20,812 21,281
    Other equity instruments   9,873 9,873
    Retained earnings   37,863 33,863
    Net income   1,608 4,200
    Sub-total   70,156 69,217
    Unrealised or deferred capital gains and losses   400 1,039
    Sub-total equity, Group share   70,556 70,256
    Non-controlling interests   9,510 9,332
    Total equity   80,066 79,588
    Total   1,554,388 1,573,545
    1. APPENDIX 2: METHODOLOGY

    1 –The financial information presented for the first quarter 2025 was examined by the Board of Directors on April 29th, 2025 and has been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted in the European Union and applicable at that date. The information has not been audited.

    2 – Net banking income

    The pillars’ net banking income is defined on page 38 of Societe Generale’s 2025 Universal Registration Document. The terms “Revenues” or “Net Banking Income” are used interchangeably. They provide a normalised measure of each pillar’s net banking income taking into account the normative capital mobilised for its activity.

    3 – Operating expenses

    Operating expenses correspond to the “Operating Expenses” as presented in note 5 to the Group’s consolidated financial statements as at December 31st, 2024. The term “costs” is also used to refer to Operating Expenses. The Cost/Income Ratio is defined on page 38 of Societe Generale’s 2025 Universal Registration Document.

    4 – Cost of risk in basis points, coverage ratio for doubtful outstandings

    The cost of risk is defined on pages 39 and 748 of Societe Generale’s 2025 Universal Registration Document. This indicator makes it possible to assess the level of risk of each of the pillars as a percentage of balance sheet loan commitments, including operating leases.

    In EURm   Q1 25 Q1 24
    French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance Net Cost Of Risk 171 247
    Gross loan Outstandings 233,536 238,394
    Cost of Risk in bps 29 41
    Global Banking and Investor Solutions Net Cost Of Risk 55 (20)
    Gross loan Outstandings 172,782 162,457
    Cost of Risk in bps 13 (5)
    Mobility, International Retail Banking & Financial Services Net Cost Of Risk 124 182
    Gross loan Outstandings 159,126 167,892
    Cost of Risk in bps 31 43
    Corporate Centre Net Cost Of Risk (6) (9)
    Gross loan Outstandings 25,592 23,365
    Cost of Risk in bps (9) (15)
    Societe Generale Group Net Cost Of Risk 344 400
    Gross loan Outstandings 591,036 592,108
    Cost of Risk in bps 23 27

    The gross coverage ratio for doubtful outstandings is calculated as the ratio of provisions recognised in respect of the credit risk to gross outstandings identified as in default within the meaning of the regulations, without taking account of any guarantees provided. This coverage ratio measures the maximum residual risk associated with outstandings in default (“doubtful”).

    5 – ROE, ROTE, RONE

    The notions of ROE (Return on Equity) and ROTE (Return on Tangible Equity), as well as their calculation methodology, are specified on pages 39 and 40 of Societe Generale’s 2025 Universal Registration Document. This measure makes it possible to assess Societe Generale’s return on equity and return on tangible equity.
    RONE (Return on Normative Equity) determines the return on average normative equity allocated to the Group’s businesses, according to the principles presented on page 40 of Societe Generale’s 2025 Universal Registration Document. Starting from Q1 25 results, normative return to businesses is based on a 13% capital allocation. The Q1 25 allocated capital includes the regulatory impacts related to Basel IV, applicable since 1 January 2025.
    Group net income used for the ratio numerator is the accounting Group net income adjusted for “Interest paid and payable to holders of deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes, issue premium amortisation”. For ROTE, income is also restated for goodwill impairment.
    Details of the corrections made to the accounting equity in order to calculate ROE and ROTE for the period are given in the table below:

    ROTE calculation: calculation methodology

    End of period (in EURm) Q1 25 Q1 24
    Shareholders’ equity Group share 70,556 67,342
    Deeply subordinated and undated subordinated notes (10,153) (10,166)
    Interest payable to holders of deeply & undated subordinated notes, issue premium amortisation(1) (60) (71)
    OCI excluding conversion reserves 582 696
    Distribution provision(2) (710) (256)
    Distribution N-1 to be paid (1,718) (999)
    ROE equity end-of-period 58,496 56,545
    Average ROE equity 58,609 56,522
    Average Goodwill(3) (4,191) (4,006)
    Average Intangible Assets (2,835) (2,956)
    Average ROTE equity 51,583 49,560
         
    Group net Income 1,608 680
    Interest paid and payable to holders of deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes, issue premium amortisation (188) (166)
    Adjusted Group net Income 1,420 514
    ROTE 11.0% 4.1%

    171819

    RONE calculation: Average capital allocated to Core Businesses (in EURm)

    In EURm Q1 25 Q1 24 Change
    French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance 17,687 16,518 +7.1%
    Global Banking and Investor Solutions 18,324 16,011 +14.4%
    Mobility, International Retail Banking & Financial Services 11,376 11,252 +1.1%
    Core Businesses 47,386 43,781 +8.2%
    Corporate Centre 11,223 12,741 -11.9%
    Group 58,609 56,522 +3.7%

    6 – Net assets and tangible net assets

    Net assets and tangible net assets are defined in the methodology, page 41 of the Group’s 2025 Universal Registration Document. The items used to calculate them are presented below:
    2021

    End of period (in EURm) Q1 25 2024 2023
    Shareholders’ equity Group share 70,556 70,256 65,975
    Deeply subordinated and undated subordinated notes (10,153) (10,526) (9,095)
    Interest of deeply & undated subordinated notes, issue premium amortisation(1) (60) (25) (21)
    Book value of own shares in trading portfolio (44) 8 36
    Net Asset Value 60,299 59,713 56,895
    Goodwill(2) (4,175) (4,207) (4,008)
    Intangible Assets (2,798) (2,871) (2,954)
    Net Tangible Asset Value 53,326 52,635 49,933
           
    Number of shares used to calculate NAPS(3) 783,671 796,498 796,244
    Net Asset Value per Share 76.9 75.0 71.5
    Net Tangible Asset Value per Share 68.0 66.1 62.7

    7 – Calculation of Earnings Per Share (EPS)

    The EPS published by Societe Generale is calculated according to the rules defined by the IAS 33 standard (see pages 40-41 of Societe Generale’s 2025 Universal Registration Document). The corrections made to Group net income in order to calculate EPS correspond to the restatements carried out for the calculation of ROE and ROTE.
    The calculation of Earnings Per Share is described in the following table:

    Average number of shares (thousands) Q1 25 2024 2023
    Existing shares 800,317 801,915 818,008
    Deductions      
    Shares allocated to cover stock option plans and free shares awarded to staff 2,586 4,402 6,802
    Other own shares and treasury shares 7,646 2,344 11,891
    Number of shares used to calculate EPS(4) 790,085 795,169 799,315
    Group net Income (in EUR m) 1,608 4,200 2,493
    Interest on deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes (in EUR m) (188) (720) (759)
    Adjusted Group net income (in EUR m) 1,420 3,481 1,735
    EPS (in EUR) 1.80 4.38 2.17

    2223
    8 – Solvency and leverage ratios

    Shareholder’s equity, risk-weighted assets and leverage exposure are calculated in accordance with applicable CRR3/CRD6 rules, including the procedures provided by the regulation for the calculation of phased-in and fully loaded ratios. The solvency ratios and leverage ratio are presented on a pro-forma basis for the current year’s accrued results, net of dividends, unless otherwise stated.

    9 – Funded balance sheet, loan to deposit ratio

    The funded balance sheet is based on the Group financial statements. It is obtained in two steps:

    • A first step aiming at reclassifying the items of the financial statements into aggregates allowing for a more economic reading of the balance sheet. Main reclassifications:

    Insurance: grouping of the accounting items related to insurance within a single aggregate in both assets and liabilities.
    Customer loans: include outstanding loans with customers (net of provisions and write-downs, including net lease financing outstanding and transactions at fair value through profit and loss); excludes financial assets reclassified under loans and receivables in accordance with the conditions stipulated by IFRS 9 (these positions have been reclassified in their original lines).
    Wholesale funding: includes interbank liabilities and debt securities issued. Financing transactions have been allocated to medium/long-term resources and short-term resources based on the maturity of outstanding, more or less than one year.
    Reclassification under customer deposits of the share of issues placed by French Retail Banking networks (recorded in medium/long-term financing), and certain transactions carried out with counterparties equivalent to customer deposits (previously included in short term financing).
    Deduction from customer deposits and reintegration into short-term financing of certain transactions equivalent to market resources.

    • A second step aiming at excluding the contribution of insurance subsidiaries, and netting derivatives, repurchase agreements, securities borrowing/lending, accruals and “due to central banks”.

    The Group loan/deposit ratio is determined as the division of the customer loans by customer deposits as presented in the funded balance sheet.

    NB (1) The sum of values contained in the tables and analyses may differ slightly from the total reported due to rounding rules.
    (2) All the information on the results for the period (notably: press release, downloadable data, presentation slides and supplement) is available on Societe Generale’s website www.societegenerale.com in the “Investor” section.

    Societe Generale

    Societe Generale is a top tier European Bank with around 119,000 employees serving more than 26 million clients in 62 countries across the world. We have been supporting the development of our economies for 160 years, providing our corporate, institutional, and individual clients with a wide array of value-added advisory and financial solutions. Our long-lasting and trusted relationships with the clients, our cutting-edge expertise, our unique innovation, our ESG capabilities and leading franchises are part of our DNA and serve our most essential objective – to deliver sustainable value creation for all our stakeholders.

    The Group runs three complementary sets of businesses, embedding ESG offerings for all its clients:

    • French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance, with leading retail bank SG and insurance franchise, premium private banking services, and the leading digital bank BoursoBank.
    • Global Banking and Investor Solutions, a top tier wholesale bank offering tailored-made solutions with distinctive global leadership in equity derivatives, structured finance and ESG.
    • Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services, comprising well-established universal banks (in Czech Republic, Romania and several African countries), Ayvens (the new ALD I LeasePlan brand), a global player in sustainable mobility, as well as specialized financing activities.

    Committed to building together with its clients a better and sustainable future, Societe Generale aims to be a leading partner in the environmental transition and sustainability overall. The Group is included in the principal socially responsible investment indices: DJSI (Europe), FTSE4Good (Global and Europe), Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index, Refinitiv Diversity and Inclusion Index, Euronext Vigeo (Europe and Eurozone), STOXX Global ESG Leaders indexes, and the MSCI Low Carbon Leaders Index (World and Europe).

    In case of doubt regarding the authenticity of this press release, please go to the end of the Group News page on societegenerale.com website where official Press Releases sent by Societe Generale can be certified using blockchain technology. A link will allow you to check the document’s legitimacy directly on the web page.

    For more information, you can follow us on Twitter/X @societegenerale or visit our website societegenerale.com.

    1 Including Basel IV phasing
    2 Based on a pay-out ratio of 50% of the Group net income restated from non-cash items and after deduction of interest on deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes, pro forma including Q1 25 results
    3 At comparable business model post GFC (Global Financial Crisis) regulatory regime
    4 Ratio calculated according to EBA methodology published on 16 July 2019
    5 Ratio excluding loans outstanding of companies currently being disposed of in compliance with IFRS 5
    6 Ratio of S3 provisions, guarantees and collaterals over gross outstanding non-performing loans
    7 Except for operations in the Czech Republic and Slovakia
    8 Including Basel IV phasing and pro forma Q1 25 results
    NB: SG network, Private Banking and Insurance – end Q1 25 loans and deposits exclude disposals
    9 Excluding asset disposals in Switzerland and the United Kingdom
    10 Jointly with another bank in 2025, Bain and Company, April 2025
    11 Deloitte, January 2025
    12 At comparable business model post GFC (Global Financial Crisis) regulatory regime
    13 Excluding non-recurring items
    14 Excluding impacts of depreciation adjustments
    15 As communicated by Ayvens in its Q1 25 results (excluding used car sales result and non-recurring items)
    16 Except for operations in the Czech Republic and Slovakia
    17 Interest net of tax
    18 The distribution provision is calculated based on a pay-out ratio of 50%, restated from non-cash items and after deduction of interest on deeply subordinated notes and on undated subordinated notes
    19 Excluding goodwill arising from non-controlling interests
    20 Interest net of tax
    21 Excluding goodwill arising from non-controlling interests
    22 The number of shares considered is the number of ordinary shares outstanding at end of period, excluding treasury shares and buybacks, but including the trading shares held by the Group (expressed in thousands of shares)
    23 The number of shares considered is the average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding treasury shares and buybacks, but including the trading shares held by the Group (expressed in thousands of shares)

    Attachment

    The MIL Network –